You are on page 1of 443

For:cll

Printed on:Tue, Mar 18, 2003 09:07:41


From book:68P02902W61-O-UK-GMR-01
Document:cat_tabs
Last saved on:Tue, Mar 18, 2003 09:07:28
Document:GMR_Front_Sheet_(Interleaf)
Last saved on:Tue, Mar 18, 2003 09:07:28
Document:newcover
Last saved on:Tue, Mar 18, 2003 09:07:19
Document:cover (back)
Last saved on:Tue, Mar 18, 2003 09:07:17
Document:newspine1
Last saved on:Tue, Mar 18, 2003 09:07:19
Document:spine1 (back)
Last saved on:Tue, Mar 18, 2003 09:07:19
Document:insidecover-legal
Last saved on:Tue, Mar 18, 2003 09:07:28
Document:toc
Last saved on:Tue, Mar 18, 2003 09:07:28
Document:Introduction
Last saved on:Tue, Mar 18, 2003 09:07:28
Document:Warnings and Cautions
Last saved on:Tue, Mar 18, 2003 09:07:28
Document:Manual information
Last saved on:Tue, Mar 18, 2003 09:07:28
( ...)

CATEGORY 323
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

CATEGORY 423
INSTALLATION AND
CONFIGURATION

CATEGORY 523
MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION

CATEGORY 623
PARTS INFORMATION

INDEX

GSM-209-020
Manual Revision
20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O
Motorola manual
affected
This Manual Revision is applicable only to the manual number and version listed
below:
68P02902W61-O

Service Manual Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2

Service requests
This revision provides a fix to the following service requests:
N/A

Reason for
revision
This revision provides additional and updated information as follows:
Frontmatter page 10. Change of fibre optic bend radius from 30 mm to 60 mm.

Action
Remove and replace pages in the Manual as follows:
Remove

Insert

All pages between the clear


acetate front sheet and the
blank backing sheet, remove
from binder.

All pages of the GMR between


the front sheet and the blank
backing sheet, insert into binder.

Destroy all obsolete pages. Do not destroy this page.


Insert this Manual Revision sheet in the front of the manual for future reference.
Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

GMR Page 1

GSM-209-020

     


 


GMR Page 2

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

20th Sep 02

Horizonmicro2 and
Horizoncompact2
Including:
68P02902W62-O
68P02902W63-O
68P02902W64-O
68P02902W65-O

Service Manual
GSM-209-020

68P02902W61-O

Horizonmicro2 and
Horizoncompact2

Service Manual
GSM-209-020

Horizonmicro2
and
Horizoncompact2
Including:
68P02902W62-O
68P02902W63-O
68P02902W64-O
68P02902W65-O

Positin mark for TED spine

Service
Manual

68P02902W61-O

GSM-209-020

Service Manual
Horizonmicro2 and
Horizoncompact2

 Motorola 1999 2002


All Rights Reserved
Printed in the U.K.

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

GSM-209-020

Copyrights, notices and trademarks


Copyrights
The Motorola products described in this document may include copyrighted Motorola computer
programs stored in semiconductor memories or other media. Laws in the United States and other
countries preserve for Motorola certain exclusive rights for copyright computer programs, including the
exclusive right to copy or reproduce in any form the copyright computer program. Accordingly, any
copyright Motorola computer programs contained in the Motorola products described in this document
may not be copied or reproduced in any manner without the express written permission of Motorola.
Furthermore, the purchase of Motorola products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by
implication, estoppel or otherwise, any license under the copyrights, patents or patent applications of
Motorola, except for the rights that arise by operation of law in the sale of a product.

Restrictions
The software described in this document is the property of Motorola. It is furnished under a license
agreement and may be used and/or disclosed only in accordance with the terms of the agreement.
Software and documentation are copyright materials. Making unauthorized copies is prohibited by
law. No part of the software or documentation may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored
in a retrieval system, or translated into any language or computer language, in any form or by any
means, without prior written permission of Motorola.

Accuracy
While reasonable efforts have been made to assure the accuracy of this document, Motorola
assumes no liability resulting from any inaccuracies or omissions in this document, or from the use
of the information obtained herein. Motorola reserves the right to make changes to any products
described herein to improve reliability, function, or design, and reserves the right to revise this
document and to make changes from time to time in content hereof with no obligation to notify any
person of revisions or changes. Motorola does not assume any liability arising out of the application
or use of any product or circuit described herein; neither does it convey license under its patent
rights of others.

Trademarks

and MOTOROLA are registered trademarks of Motorola Inc.


Aspira, Intelligence Everywhere, M-Cell and Taskfinder are trademarks of Motorola Inc.
All other brands and corporate names are trademarks of their respective owners.

ii

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

Contents
Issue status of this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

First aid in case of electric shock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Reporting safety issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Warnings and cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10

Devices sensitive to static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11

Motorola GSM manual set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12

GMR amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15

GMR amendment record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16

Category 323
Technical Description (Tech.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 1
Introduction and specification of equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Introduction to the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual frequency support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency hopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horizonmicro2 external view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horizoncompact2 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

11
11
12
12
12
12
12
13
14

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Approval and safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF output power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency band characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
17
19

Chapter 2
Equipment enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS modules location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS components location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

i
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

21
21
22
23

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

iii

GSM-209-020

Booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GSM900 booster diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCS1800 booster diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

Chapter 3
Power supply system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BTS power supply system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

31
31
31
31

BTS power supply module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Distribution board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power supply module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC-DC PSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power supply signals and interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Events and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

32
32
33
34
35
37
38

Battery backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery pack diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

39
39
39
39

Booster power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of booster power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC supply socket connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power pin designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC-DC BPSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

310
310
310
311
311

Chapter 4
Digital modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

iv

24
24
24
25

Digital modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of digital modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RDIS module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DINO/RHINO module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line termination modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

41
41
41
41
41
41

Main control unit, micro (MCU-m) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of MCU-m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processor functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
68LC060 processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QUICC32 processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCU-m block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCMCIA interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crosspoint switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sync block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMI interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic board ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic site ID and calibration data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

42
42
42
42
43
43
44
44
44
45
45
45

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

Olympus radio architecture controller (ORAC) function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of ORAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ORAC functional blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TTY/SCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ORAC functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

46
46
46
47
47

DINO/RHINO module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of DINO/RHINO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location of DINO/RHINO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Module view of DINO/RHINO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DINO/RHINO functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processing section of DINO/RHINO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line interface framers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio signalling links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

48
48
48
49
410
411
412
412
413
413

High speed digital subscriber line (HDSL) module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of HDSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional description of HDSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional diagram of HDSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

414
414
414
414

Line termination modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of line termination modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connector location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminology for Tx and Rx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features of line termination modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL link options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

415
415
415
416
416
416

Chapter 5
RF modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Overview of RF modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 51


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 51
Location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 52
Dual transceiver (DTRX) module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of DTRX module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synthesizer section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiver section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmitter section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non volatile storage of calibration data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

53
53
53
55
58
511
511

Horizonmicro2 duplexer and combiner/isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of the duplexer and combiner/ isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location of the duplexer and combiner/ isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Duplexer and combiner/ isolator diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Rx/Tx interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

512
512
512
513
513

Horizoncompact2 isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location of the isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isolator module view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Rx/Tx interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

514
514
514
515
515

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

GSM-209-020

Booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster system description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional description of booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

516
516
517
518

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

61
61
62
63
63
63
64
64
64
65
65

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

71
71
72
72
72
73
73
74
74

Chapter 6
Heat management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heat management of the BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of BTS heat management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Module heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosure cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of enclosure cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagram of finned heatsinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airflow within the enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosure cooling overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airflow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster heat management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of booster enclosure cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 7
Expansion feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion feature overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual band support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field replaceable units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single band BTS configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual band BTS configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Category 423
Installation & Configuration (Inst.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 1
Site preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation procedure overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Installation procedure list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight of delivered package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools and materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to tools and materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Site requirements and considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL modems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structural requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Space requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Space requirements diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

vi

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

11
11
11
12
12
13
14
14
14
14
14
15
16
16
16
16
17

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

Site visit safety and weather protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to site safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rubbish on site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On site safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weather conditions and maintenance cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

18
18
18
18
19

Earthing and transient protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 110


Site earthing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 110
E1 link transient and lightning protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 110
Earthing the site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 111
Introduction to earthing the site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 111
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 111
Installation kit delivery and packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 113
Equipment delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 113
Installation kit equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 113
Unpacking the BTS installation kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 115
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 115
Disposing of the packing material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 115
Booster installation kit delivery and packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 116
Equipment delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 116
Installation kit equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 116
Unpacking the installation kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 119
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 119
Disposing of the packing material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 119
Mounting guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 120
Introduction to mounting guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 120
Mounting guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 120
Example layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 122
Mounting the BTS wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to mounting the wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing the tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drilling holes for the mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wall mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pole mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

137
137
137
138
138
139
141

Mounting the booster wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to mounting the booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing the tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drilling holes for the mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wall mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pole mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

144
144
144
145
145
146
148

Power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power cabling thermal properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable routeing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

151
151
151
151
152

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

vii

GSM-209-020

Installing BTS enclosure power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to installing BTS power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connector procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earth connection points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the power and E1/HDSL cable conduits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting cables to the ac power supply isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the site main earth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

153
153
153
153
154
155
155
156
158
159

Installing booster power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to booster power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connector procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earth connection point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the ac power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting cables to the ac power supply isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the supplementary earth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

160
160
160
160
161
162
162
163
165
166

External antenna cabling guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 167


External antenna cabling guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 167
RF connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 167
E1/HDSL link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to E1/HDSL link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E1/HDSL link connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminology for Tx and Rx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

168
168
168
169

Installing E1/HDSL link cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to installing E1/HDSL link cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Routeing the E1/HDSL link to the wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E1 cabling distance/loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL cabling guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

170
170
170
170
170
171

Chapter 2
Installation procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of installation procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to the procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E1 link testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessing the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

i
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

21
21
21
21
22
23

BTS equipment delivery and packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 24


Chassis equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 24
Unpacking the chassis equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to the unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unpacking the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

viii

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

25
25
25
25

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

Booster equipment delivery and packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 26


Chassis equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 26
Unpacking the booster equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to unpacking the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unpacking the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

27
27
27
27

Installing the BTS chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to installation of the BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment access procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the chassis onto the wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chassis installation diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

28
28
28
29
210
211

Connecting external cables to the enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to connecting cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting earth straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the ac power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the Horizonmicro2 antenna cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional internal antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the booster cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the E1/HDSL link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

212
212
212
213
214
216
217
218
219

Installing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to installing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fitting the solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

222
222
222
223

Battery/cover installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 224


Installing the battery and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 224
Installing the booster chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to installing booster chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment access procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the chassis onto the wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

225
225
225
226
227
228

Connecting external cables to the booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to connecting booster external cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting earth straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supplementary earth connection diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the Rx, Tx and antenna cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the ac power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting up the clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the alarms cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fitting the security bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

229
229
229
230
231
232
235
236
237
237

Installing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to installing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools and equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fitting the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

240
240
240
241

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

ix

GSM-209-020

Chapter 3
BTS expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Introduction to the BTS expansion procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


About the procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Master/slave establishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration of a BTS site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the BTSs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

31
31
31
31
32
32

Installing the expansion fibre optic cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Tools and equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment access procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the front solar covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the side and inner covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

35
35
35
36
37

Connecting the fibre optic cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the fibre optic links to the master BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the fibre optic links to the slave BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refitting the BTS solar covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

38
38
39
310
311

Chapter 4
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 41
Commissioning overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 41
Pre power up checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earth continuity checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspecting the system visually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

42
42
42
43

Powering up the BTS and booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Preparation for powering up the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Powering up the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GSM900 booster view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCS1800 booster view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

44
44
45
47
48

Battery check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 49


Introduction to the battery check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 49
Battery test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 49

Chapter 5
Decommissioning the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Overview of decommissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 51


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 51
Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 51
Decommissioning the BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

52
52
52
53
56

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

Decommissioning a booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

57
57
57
57
510

Category 523
Maintenance Information (Maint.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 1
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Introduction to maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recommended conditions and requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

11
11
11
11

Equipment access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to equipment access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Access to a wall mounted BTS and booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

12
12
12
12
12

Tools and materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to tools and materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS and booster tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

13
13
13
13
14

Chapter 2
Routine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Routine maintenance overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to routine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

21
21
21
21

Removing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to removing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagram of BTS enclosure and solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refitting the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

22
22
22
22
23
23

Removing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to removing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refitting the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

24
24
24
25
26

Annual routine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Maintenance overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

27
27
27
27

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

xi

GSM-209-020

Chapter 3
Fault diagnosis and repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fault diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference to fault diagnosis information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of replacement procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to replacing a BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solar cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS cable positions diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS enclosure removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS enclosure replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solar cover replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solar cover attachment diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery attachment diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing customer interface clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS connectors location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer interface clamp diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing a booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to replacing a booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster removal procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solar cover removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster disconnection procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GSM900 booster cable locations diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCS1800 booster cable locations diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster removal diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solar cover replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Horizonmicro2 antenna cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to replacement procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External antenna cable removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External antenna cable replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal antenna removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal antenna replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal antenna location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

xii

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

i
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

31
31
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
33
34
35
35
37
39
39
310
310
311
312
312
313
314
314
315
315
316
317
317
317
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
325
326
326
326
326
327
327
328

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

Replacing Horizoncompact2 antenna cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to replacement procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the Rx,Tx1 and Tx2 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Rx,Tx1 and Tx2 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the ANT1 and ANT2 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the ANT1 and ANT2 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

329
329
329
329
330
330

Replacing the alarm cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 331


Removing the alarm cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 331
Replacing the alarm cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 331
Replacing the expansion fibre optic cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to fibre optic replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools and equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fibre optic connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fibre optic cable removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fibre optic cable replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion cover and casting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

332
332
332
333
334
335
337

Calibrating an MCU-m GCLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TTY cables and pin connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure for MCU-m GCLK calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagram of breakout board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breakout board connection point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restoring the site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

338
338
338
339
342
342
344
345
345

Category 623
Parts Information (Parts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 1
Options and spares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Factory fitted BTS options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Order and part numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field fitted equipment options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Order and part numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts

11
11
11
12
13
14

BTS and booster spares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to spares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS order and part numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster order and part numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts

15
15
16
17
19

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

I1

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

xiii

GSM-209-020

Issue status of this manual

Issue status of this manual


Introduction
The following shows the issue status of this manual since it was first released.

Version
information
The following lists the versions of this manual in order of manual issue:
Manual
issue
O

Date of
issue

Remarks

14th Dec 01 Original issue.

Resolution of
Service
Requests
The following Service Requests are now resolved in this manual:
Service
Request

GMR
Number

N/A

N/A

Remarks

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

GSM-209-020

General information

General information
Important
notice
If this manual was obtained when attending a Motorola training course, it will not
be updated or amended by Motorola. It is intended for TRAINING PURPOSES
ONLY. If it was supplied under normal operational circumstances, to support a
major software release, then corrections will be supplied automatically by
Motorola in the form of General Manual Revisions (GMRs).

Purpose
Motorola cellular communications manuals are intended to instruct and assist
personnel in the operation, installation and maintenance of the Motorola cellular
infrastructure equipment and ancillary devices. It is recommended that all
personnel engaged in such activities be properly trained by Motorola.
WARNING

Failure to comply with Motorolas operation, installation


and maintenance instructions may, in exceptional
circumstances, lead to serious injury or death.

These manuals are not intended to replace the system and equipment training
offered by Motorola, although they can be used to supplement and enhance the
knowledge gained through such training.

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

General information

About this
manual
This manual provides a complete hardware description of the Horizonmicro2
and Horizoncompact2 base transceiver stations (BTS), that implement the GSM
standards GSM900 and DCS1800. It is divided into categories as follows:


Category 323 - Technical Description.


This category provides an introduction to, the specification for and a
technical description of the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2.

Category 423 - Installation and Configuration.


This category provides the information to install and commission the
Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 .

Category 523 - Maintenance Information.


This category provides the information to maintain and repair the
Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2.

Category 623 - Parts Information.


This category provides the range of options and spares for the
Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2.

The objectives of this manual are:




To provide an understanding of the purpose and operation of all


components.

To enable successful installation, commissioning and repair of the product.

The maintenance and repair procedures presume that operators at the


Operations and Maintenance Centre Radio (OMC-R) have been able to
diagnose a problem, and have provided an engineer or technician despatched
to the site with sufficient information to resolve the problem on arrival.

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

GSM-209-020

General information

Cross
references
Throughout this manual, cross references are made to the chapter numbers and
section names. The section name cross references are printed bold in text.
This manual is divided into uniquely identified and numbered chapters that, in
turn, are divided into sections. Sections are not numbered, but are individually
named at the top of each page, and are listed in the table of contents.

Text
conventions
The following conventions are used in the Motorola cellular infrastructure
manuals to represent keyboard input text, screen output text and special key
sequences.

Input
Characters typed in at the keyboard are shown like
this.

Output
Messages, prompts, file listings, directories, utilities, and
environmental variables that appear on the screen are shown like
this.

Special key sequences


Special key sequences are represented as follows:

CTRLc

Press the Control and c keys at the same time.

ALTf

Press the Alt and f keys at the same time.

Press the pipe symbol key.

CR or RETURN

Press the Return (Enter) key. The Return key is


identified with the symbol on both the PC and
the Sun keyboards. The keyboard Return key
may also be identified with the word Return.

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

First aid in case of electric shock

First aid in case of electric shock


Warning
WARNING

Do not touch the victim with your bare hands until the
electric circuit is broken.
Switch off. If this is not possible, protect yourself with
dry insulating material and pull or push the victim clear of
the conductor.

Artificial
respiration
In the event of an electric shock it may be necessary to carry out artificial
respiration. Send for medical assistance immediately.

Burns treatment
If the patient is also suffering from burns, then, without hindrance to artificial
respiration, carry out the following:
1.

Do not attempt to remove clothing adhering to the burn.

2.

If help is available, or as soon as artificial respiration is no longer required,


cover the wound with a dry dressing.

3.

Do not apply oil or grease in any form.

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

GSM-209-020

Reporting safety issues

Reporting safety issues


Introduction
Whenever a safety issue arises, carry out the following procedure in all
instances. Ensure that all site personnel are familiar with this procedure.

Procedure
Whenever a safety issue arises:

1.

Make the equipment concerned safe, for example, by removing power.

2.

Make no further attempt to tamper with the equipment.

3.

Report the problem directly to the Customer Network Resolution Centre,


Swindon +44 (0)1793 565444 or China +86 10 68437733 (telephone) and
follow up with a written report by fax, Swindon +44 (0)1793 430987 or
China +86 10 68423633 (fax).

4.

Collect evidence from the equipment under the guidance of the Customer
Network Resolution Centre.

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

Warnings and cautions

Warnings and cautions


Introduction
The following describes how warnings and cautions are used in this manual and
in all manuals of this Motorola manual set.

Warnings
Definition of Warning
A warning is used to alert the reader to possible hazards that could cause loss
of life, physical injury, or ill health. This includes hazards introduced during
maintenance, for example, the use of adhesives and solvents, as well as those
inherent in the equipment.

Example and format


WARNING

Do not look directly into fibre optic cables or data in/out


connectors. Laser radiation can come from either the data
in/out connectors or unterminated fibre optic cables
connected to data in/out connectors.

Cautions
Definition of Warning
A caution means that there is a possibility of damage to systems, software or
individual items of equipment within a system. However, this presents no danger
to personnel.

Example and format


CAUTION

Do not use test equipment that is beyond its calibration


due date when testing Motorola base stations.

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

GSM-209-020

General warnings

General warnings
Introduction
Observe the following warnings during all phases of operation, installation and
maintenance of the equipment described in the Motorola manuals. Failure to
comply with these warnings, or with specific warnings elsewhere in the Motorola
manuals, violates safety standards of design, manufacture and intended use of
the equipment. Motorola assumes no liability for the customers failure to comply
with these requirements.

Warning labels
Personnel working with or operating Motorola equipment must comply with any
warning labels fitted to the equipment. Warning labels must not be removed,
painted over or obscured in any way.

Specific
warnings
Warnings particularly applicable to the equipment are positioned on the
equipment and within the text of this manual. These must be observed by all
personnel at all times when working with the equipment, as must any other
warnings given in text, on the illustrations and on the equipment.

High voltage
Certain Motorola equipment operates from a dangerous high voltage of 230 V
ac single phase or 415 V ac three phase supply which is potentially lethal.
Therefore, the areas where the ac supply power is present must not be
approached until the warnings and cautions in the text and on the equipment
have been complied with.
To achieve isolation of the equipment from the ac supply, the ac input isolator
must be set to off and locked.
Within the United Kingdom (UK) regard must be paid to the requirements of the
Electricity at Work Regulations 1989. There may also be specific country
legislation which need to be complied with, depending on where the equipment
is used.

RF radiation
High RF potentials and electromagnetic fields are present in the base station
equipment when in operation. Ensure that all transmitters are switched off when
any antenna connections have to be changed. Do not key transmitters
connected to unterminated cavities or feeders.
Refer to the following standards:

ANSI IEEE C95.1-1991, IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to
Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to
300 GHz.

CENELEC 95 ENV 50166-2, Human Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields


High Frequency (10 kHz to 300 GHz).
Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
68P02902W61-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

General warnings

Laser radiation
Do not look directly into fibre optic cables or optical data in/out connectors.
Laser radiation can come from either the data in/out connectors or unterminated
fibre optic cables connected to data in/out connectors.

Lifting
equipment
When dismantling heavy assemblies, or removing or replacing equipment, the
competent responsible person must ensure that adequate lifting facilities are
available. Where provided, lifting frames must be used for these operations.
When equipments have to be manhandled, reference must be made to the
Manual Handling of Loads Regulations 1992 (UK) or to the relevant manual
handling of loads legislation for the country in which the equipment is used.

Do not ...
... substitute parts or modify equipment.
Because of the danger of introducing additional hazards, do not install substitute
parts or perform any unauthorized modification of equipment. Contact Motorola
if in doubt to ensure that safety features are maintained.

Battery supplies
Do not wear earth straps when working with standby battery supplies.

Toxic material
Certain equipment may incorporate components containing the highly toxic
material Beryllium or its oxide Beryllia or both. These materials are especially
hazardous if:


Beryllium materials are absorbed into the body tissues through the skin,
mouth, or a wound.

The dust created by breakage of Beryllia is inhaled.

Toxic fumes are inhaled from Beryllium or Beryllia involved in a fire.

Beryllium warning labels are fitted to equipment incorporating Beryllium or


Beryllium Oxide. Observe all safety instructions given on warning labels.
Beryllium Oxide is used within some components as an electrical insulator.
Captive within the component it presents no health risk whatsoever. However, if
the component should be broken open or burnt, the Beryllium Oxide, in the form
of dust or fumes, could be released, with the potential for harm.

Lithium
batteries
Lithium batteries, if subjected to mistreatment, may burst and ignite. Defective
lithium batteries must not be removed or replaced. Any boards containing
defective lithium batteries must be returned to Motorola for repair.
Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

GSM-209-020

General cautions

General cautions
Introduction
Observe the following cautions during operation, installation and maintenance of
the equipment described in the Motorola manuals. Failure to comply with these
cautions or with specific cautions elsewhere in the Motorola manuals may result
in damage to the equipment. Motorola assumes no liability for the customers
failure to comply with these requirements.

Caution labels
Personnel working with or operating Motorola equipment must comply with any
caution labels fitted to the equipment. Caution labels must not be removed,
painted over or obscured in any way.

Specific
cautions
Cautions particularly applicable to the equipment are positioned within the text
of this manual. These must be observed by all personnel at all times when
working with the equipment, as must any other cautions given in text, on the
illustrations and on the equipment.

Fibre optics
The bending radius of all fibre optic cables must not be less than 60 mm.

Static discharge
Motorola equipment contains CMOS devices that are vulnerable to static
discharge. Although the damage caused by static discharge may not be
immediately apparent, CMOS devices may be damaged in the long term due to
static discharge caused by mishandling. Wear an approved earth strap when
adjusting or handling digital boards.
See Devices sensitive to static for further information.

10

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

Devices sensitive to static

Devices sensitive to static


Introduction
Certain metal oxide semiconductor (MOS) devices embody in their design a thin
layer of insulation that is susceptible to damage from electrostatic charge. Such
a charge applied to the leads of the device could cause irreparable damage.
These charges can be built up on nylon overalls, by friction, by pushing the
hands into high insulation packing material or by use of unearthed soldering
irons.
MOS devices are normally despatched from the manufacturers with the leads
shorted together, for example, by metal foil eyelets, wire strapping, or by
inserting the leads into conductive plastic foam. Provided the leads are shorted
it is safe to handle the device.

Special
handling
techniques
In the event of one of these devices having to be replaced, observe the
following precautions when handling the replacement:


Always wear an earth strap which must be connected to the electrostatic


point (ESP) on the equipment.

Leave the short circuit on the leads until the last moment. It may be
necessary to replace the conductive foam by a piece of wire to enable the
device to be fitted.

Do not wear outer clothing made of nylon or similar man made material. A
cotton overall is preferable.

If possible work on an earthed metal surface. Wipe insulated plastic work


surfaces with an anti-static cloth before starting the operation.

All metal tools should be used and when not in use they should be placed
on an earthed surface.

Take care when removing components connected to electrostatic sensitive


devices. These components may be providing protection to the device.

When mounted onto printed circuit boards (PCBs), MOS devices are normally
less susceptible to electrostatic damage. However PCBs should be handled with
care, preferably by their edges and not by their tracks and pins, they should be
transferred directly from their packing to the equipment (or the other way
around) and never left exposed on the workbench.

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

11

GSM-209-020

Motorola GSM manual set

Motorola GSM manual set


Introduction
The following manuals provide the information needed to operate, install and
maintain the Motorola equipment.

Generic GSM
manuals
The following are the generic manuals in the GSM manual set, these manuals
are release dependent:
Classification
number
GSM-100-101
GSM-100-201
GSM-100-202
GSM-100-313
GSM-100-320
GSM-100-321
GSM-100-403
GSM-100-423
GSM-100-413
GSM-100-501
GSM-100-520
GSM-100-521
GSM-100-523
GSM-100-503
GSM-100-721
GSM-100-712

12

Name
System Information: General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Information: GSM System Operation . . .
Operating Information: OMC-R System
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Description: OMC-R Database Schema .
Technical Description: BSS Implementation . . . . . . .
Technical Description: BSS Command Reference .
Installation & Configuration: GSM System
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation & Configuration: BSS Optimization . . . .
Installation & Configuration: OMC-R Clean Install . .
Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance Information: BSS Timers . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance Information: Device State Transitions
Maintenance Information: BSS Field
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance Information: GSM Statistics
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Release Notes: BSS/RXCDR . . . . . . . . . .
Software Release Notes: OMC-R System . . . . . . . .

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

Order number
68P02901W01
68P02901W14
68P02901W19
68P02901W34
68P02901W36
68P02901W23
68P02901W17
68P02901W43
68P02901W47
68P02901W26
68P02901W58
68P02901W57
68P02901W51
68P02901W56
68P02901W72
68P02901W74

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

Motorola GSM manual set

Related GSM
manuals
The following are related Motorola GSM manuals:
Classification
number
GSM-001-103
GSM-002-103
GSM-002-703
GSM-005-103
GSM-008-103
GSM-008-703
GSM-TOOLS-001
GSM-TOOLS-002
GSM-TOOLS-701
GSM-TOOLS-702
GSM-006-202
GSM-006-413
GSM-006-712

Name
System Information: BSS Equipment Planning . . . .
System Information: DataGen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Release Notes: DataGen . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Information: GSM Advance Operational
Impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Information: Network Health Analyst . . . . . .
Software Release Notes: Network Health Analyst .
System Information: Cell Optimization (COP) . . . . .
System Information: Motorola Analysis and
Reporting System (MARS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Release Notes: Cell Optimization (COP) .
Software Release Notes: Motorola Analysis and
Reporting System (MARS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Information: OMC-R System
Administration (OSI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation & Configuration: OSI Clean Install . . . . .
Software Release Notes: OMC-R OSI System . . . .

Order number
68P02900W21
68P02900W22
68P02900W76
68P02900W25
68P02900W36
68P02900W77
68P02900W90
68P02900W94
68P02900W69
68P02900W68
68P02901W10
68P02901W39
68P02901W70

Generic GPRS
manuals
The following are the generic manuals in the GPRS manual set, these manuals
are release dependent:
Classification
number
GPRS-300-101
GPRS-300-202
GPRS-300-222
GPRS-300-313
GPRS-300-321
GPRS-300-423
GPRS-300-413
GPRS-300-501
GPRS-300-503
GPRS-300-722
GPRS-300-712

Name
System Information: GPRS Overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Information: OMC-G System
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Information: GSN System Administration
Technical Description: OMC-G Database Schema .
Technical Description: GSN Command Reference .
Installation & Configuration: GSN Clean Install . . . .
Installation & Configuration: OMC-G Clean Install .
Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance Information: GSN Statistics
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Release Notes: GSN System . . . . . . . . . .
Software Release Notes: OMC-G System . . . . . . . .

Order number
68P02903W01
68P02903W03
68P02903W37
68P02903W46
68P02903W18
68P02903W47
68P02903W04
68P02903W19
68P02903W20
68P02903W76
68P02903W70

Related GPRS
manuals
The following are related Motorola GPRS manuals:
Classification
number
GPRS-001-103
GPRS-005-103

Name

Order number

System Information: GPRS Equipment Planning . . 68P02903W02


System Information: GSN Advance Operational
Impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68P02903W38

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

13

GSM-209-020

Motorola GSM manual set

BSS service
manuals
The following are the Motorola Base Station service manuals, these manuals
are not release dependent. The internal organization and makeup of service
manual sets may vary, they may consist of from one to four separate manuals,
but they can all be ordered using the overall catalogue number shown below:
Classification
number
GSM-100-020
GSM-100-030
GSM-105-020
GSM-106-020
GSM-201-020
GSM-202-020
GSM-203-020
GSM-206-020
GSM-205-020
GSM-204-020
GSM-207-020
GSM-209-020
GSM-208-020

Name
Service Manual: BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Manual: BSC/RXCDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Manual: M-Cell2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Manual: M-Cell6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Manual: M-Cellcity and M-Cellcity+ . . . . . . .
Service Manual: M-Cellaccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Manual: Horizonmicro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Manual: Horizoncompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Manual: Horizonmacro Indoor . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Manual: Horizonmacro Outdoor . . . . . . . . . .
Service Manual: Horizonoffice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 Horizoncompact2 .
Service Manual: Horizonmacro 12 Carrier Outdoor

Order number
68P02901W37
68P02901W38
68P02901W75
68P02901W85
68P02901W95
68P02901W65
68P02902W36
68P02902W15
68P02902W06
68P02902W12
68P02902W46
68P02902W61
68P02902W66

GPRS service
manuals
The following are the Motorola GPRS service manuals, these manuals include
the Packet Control Unit (PCU) service manual which becomes part of the BSS
for GPRS:
GPRS-301-020
GPRS-302-020

Service Manual:GPRS Support Nodes (GSN) . . . . . 68P02903W05


Service Manual: Packet Control Unit (PCU) . . . . . . . 68P02903W10

Classification
number
The classification number is used to identify the type and level of a manual. For
example, manuals with the classification number GSM-100-2xx contain
operating information.

Order number
The Motorola 68P order (catalogue) number is used to order manuals.

Ordering
manuals
All orders for Motorola manuals must be placed with your Motorola Local Office
or Representative. Manuals are ordered using the order (catalogue) number.
Motorola manual sets may also be ordered on CD-ROM.

14

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

GMR amendment

GMR amendment
Introduction to
GMRs
Changes to a manual that occur after the printing date are incorporated into the
manual using General Manual Revisions (GMRs). GMRs are issued to correct
Motorola manuals as and when required. A GMR has the same identity as the
target manual. Each GMR is identified by a number in a sequence that starts at
01 for each manual at each issue. GMRs are issued in the form of loose leaf
pages, with a pink instruction sheet on the front.

GMR procedure
When a GMR is received, remove and replace pages in this manual, as detailed
on the GMR pink instruction sheet.

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

15

GSM-209-020

GMR amendment record

GMR amendment record


GMR
instructions
When a GMR is inserted in this manual, the amendment record below is
completed to record the GMR. Retain the pink instruction sheet that
accompanies each GMR and insert it in a suitable place in this manual for future
reference.

Amendment
record
Record the insertion of GMRs in this manual in the following table:
GMR number
01

Incorporated by (signature)
Greg Tomes

Date
20th Sep 02

02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

16

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

20th Sep 02

CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION AND
SPECIFICATIONS

CHAPTER 2
EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES

CHAPTER 3
POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

CHAPTER 4
DIGITAL MODULES

CHAPTER 5
RF MODULES

CHAPTER 6
HEAT MANAGEMENT

CHAPTER 7
EXPANSION FEATURE

Category 323

Technical Description (Tech.)

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

GSM-209-323

ii

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Category 323
Technical Description (Tech.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 1
Introduction and specification of equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Introduction to the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual frequency support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency hopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horizonmicro2 external view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horizoncompact2 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

11
11
12
12
12
12
12
13
14

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Approval and safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF output power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency band characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
17
19

Chapter 2
Equipment enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS modules location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS components location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

21
21
22
23

Booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GSM900 booster diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCS1800 booster diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

24
24
24
25

Chapter 3
Power supply system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BTS power supply system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

31
31
31
31

BTS power supply module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Distribution board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power supply module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC-DC PSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power supply signals and interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Events and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

32
32
33
34
35
37
38

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

iii

GSM-209-323

Battery backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery pack diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

39
39
39
39

Booster power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of booster power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC supply socket connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power pin designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC-DC BPSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

310
310
310
311
311

Chapter 4
Digital modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

iv

Digital modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of digital modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RDIS module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DINO/RHINO module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line termination modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

41
41
41
41
41
41

Main control unit, micro (MCU-m) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of MCU-m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processor functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
68LC060 processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QUICC32 processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCU-m block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCMCIA interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crosspoint switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sync block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMI interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic board ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic site ID and calibration data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

42
42
42
42
43
43
44
44
44
45
45
45

Olympus radio architecture controller (ORAC) function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of ORAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ORAC functional blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TTY/SCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ORAC functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

46
46
46
47
47

DINO/RHINO module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of DINO/RHINO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location of DINO/RHINO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Module view of DINO/RHINO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DINO/RHINO functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processing section of DINO/RHINO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line interface framers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio signalling links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

48
48
48
49
410
411
412
412
413
413

High speed digital subscriber line (HDSL) module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of HDSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional description of HDSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional diagram of HDSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

414
414
414
414

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Line termination modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of line termination modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connector location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminology for Tx and Rx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features of line termination modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL link options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

Chapter 5
RF modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

415
415
415
416
416
416

Overview of RF modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 51


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 51
Location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 52
Dual transceiver (DTRX) module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of DTRX module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synthesizer section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiver section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmitter section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non volatile storage of calibration data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

53
53
53
55
58
511
511

Horizonmicro2 duplexer and combiner/isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of the duplexer and combiner/ isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location of the duplexer and combiner/ isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Duplexer and combiner/ isolator diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Rx/Tx interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

512
512
512
513
513

Horizoncompact2 isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location of the isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isolator module view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Rx/Tx interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

514
514
514
515
515

Booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster system description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional description of booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

516
516
517
518

Chapter 6
Heat management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Heat management of the BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 61


Overview of BTS heat management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 61
Module heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 62
Enclosure cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 63
Overview of enclosure cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 63
Diagram of finned heatsinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 63
Airflow within the enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 64
Enclosure cooling overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 64
Airflow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 64
Booster heat management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 65
Overview of booster enclosure cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 65
Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

GSM-209-323

Chapter 7
Expansion feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion feature overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual band support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field replaceable units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single band BTS configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual band BTS configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

vi

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

i
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

71
71
72
72
72
73
73
74
74

20th Sep 02

Chapter 1

Introduction and specification of


equipment

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

GSM-209-323

ii

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Chapter 1
Introduction and specification of equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Introduction to the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual frequency support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency hopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horizonmicro2 external view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horizoncompact2 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

11
11
12
12
12
12
12
13
14

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Approval and safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF output power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency band characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
17
19

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

iii

GSM-209-323

iv

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Introduction to the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs

Introduction to the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs


Overview
The Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 are two-carrier base transceiver
stations (BTSs) that operate in the GSM900 or DCS1800 frequency bands.
They can be deployed indoor or out of doors, operated over a wide temperature
range, and can be wall or pole mounted.
Both systems are covered in this service manual because of the similarities
between them:


They have the same external appearance and are based on similar
hardware.

They have an Expansion feature that allows two or three Horizonmicro2


or Horizoncompact2 BTS units to be connected together to effectively form
a two, four or six carrier site.

When the expansion feature is used (see Chapter 7), the two or three
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS units in the expanded system are
interconnected by fibre optic cables. One BTS in the configuration acts as the
master and the other units as slaves.
The master BTS in an expanded system is connected to the network by an E1
or HDSL link.

Horizonmicro2 power
The Horizonmicro2 GSM900 generates 1.2 W (+30.8 dBm) per carrier, while the
DCS1800 generates 1.0 W (30.0 dBm) per carrier.
NOTE

Motorola does not recommend using the Horizonmicro2 in


an omni 6 site configuration unless the cell radius is small
(in-building coverage required, for example). This is due to
the very low Tx output power generated if six carriers are
combined. Motorola recommends one antenna per site for
Horizonmicro2 and two antennas per site for
Horizoncompact2 .

Horizoncompact2 power
The Horizoncompact2 incorporates a booster that enables it to provide macro
coverage. The BTS contains two transmitter amplifiers, which provide the
following power outputs:


The GSM900 version boosts the BTS output of 1.2 W (+30.8 dBm) per
carrier to 10 W (+40 dBm) per carrier.

The DCS1800 version, boosts the BTS output of 2.0 W (33.0 dBm) per
carrier to 10 W (+40 dBm) per carrier.

The booster is connected to a single BTS and antenna. An omni macro site
comprising three BTSs requires three boosters.
Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 11

Introduction to the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs

GSM-209-323

Software
requirements
Software release GSR4 limits the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact 2 to
function only as single BTS systems without expansion capabilities.
Software release GSR5 or later is required to support the expansion feature for
the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 . The GSR5 software is needed in both
master and slave BTSs to enable the master/slave relationship. If GSR4
software is used on an expanded system, only the BTS with the E1/HDSL
connection will be functional.

Battery backup
Battery backup allows a minimum of five minutes full operation for the BTS only;
the booster has no battery backup. During battery backup operation the booster
operates in bypass mode.

Dual frequency
support
There are two variants of the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs. One
variant operates in the GSM900 frequency band and the other variant operates
in the DCS1800 frequency band. The operating frequency is hardware specific
and cannot be changed by software.
Although a single BTS can only operate at the frequency it is designed for, an
expanded system can have a mix of the two variants and can thus support both
GSM900 and DCS1800 frequencies.

Frequency
hopping
The Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact 2 support synthesizer frequency
hopping (SFH).

Links
Options exist for sites to be interconnected by E1 or HDSL (star and daisy
chain) links.
NOTE

Tech. 12

Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs shipped after


31st December 2001 are not fitted with an internal HDSL
modem. A suitable external HDSL modem must be used if
a HDSL link to the BSC is required for these BTSs.
Contact the local Motorola office for assistance prior to
purchasing a HDSL modem for this purpose.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Introduction to the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs

Horizonmicro2
external view
Figure 1-1 shows a Horizonmicro2 BTS with expansion unit cover fitted.

ig.055.rh

Figure 1-1 Horizonmicro2 BTS with expansion unit cover

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 13

Introduction to the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs

GSM-209-323

Horizoncompact2
system
Figure 1-2 shows a Horizoncompact2 BTS and booster unit.
RF CABLE TO
ANTENNA 1
RF CABLE TO
ANTENNA 2

Horizon compact2
Booster

RF CABLING
RS232 ALARM
LINK

Horizon compact2
BTS

ig .0 6 0 .rh

Figure 1-2 Horizoncompact2 BTS and booster unit

Tech. 14

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Specifications

Specifications
The following information provides the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
BTS and booster specifications.

Approval and
safety
Table 1-1 displays the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 approval and safety
information.
Table 1-1 Approval and safety information

Type approval

EMC

Safety

ETS 300 6091

ETS 300 3422

EN 41003
EN 60950

Environmental
limits
Table 1-2 displays the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 environmental
limits.
Table 1-2 Environmental limits
Environment

Temperature

Relative humidity

Operating

33 C to +50 C

5% to 100%

Storage (packaged)

33 C to +70 C

8% to 100%

Dimensions
Table 1-3 displays the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 equipment
dimensions.
Table 1-3 BTS dimensions (mm)
Equipment

Height

Width

Depth, including
wall bracket

BTS

532

542

201

Booster

347

541

226

Weight
Table 1-4 displays the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 equipment weights.
Table 1-4 BTS weights (kg)
Equipment

Weight, excluding wall


bracket, solar cover or
battery

Weight, including wall


bracket, solar cover and
battery

BTS

21

28

Booster GSM900

15

20

Booster DCS1800

19

24

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 15

GSM-209-323

Specifications

Power
requirements
Table 1-5 displays the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 equipment power
requirements.
Table 1-5 BTS power requirements
Equipment
BTS

Supply voltage range

88 V to 264 V ac (45
(4566
66 Hz)

Maximum supply current


range
7.8 A to 2.6 A
(depending on supply voltage)

Booster

2.3 A

Battery backup
Table 1-6 shows the specifications for the battery used in the Horizonmicro2 and
Horizoncompact2 BTSs.
Table 1-6 Battery specifications
Voltage

Capacity

Backup duration

22 V dc

2.5 Ah

> 5 minutes

Power
consumption
Table 1-7 displays the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 equipment power
consumption figures.
Table 1-7 BTS power consumption (W)
Equipment

Ambient
temperature

Maximum
power
consumption

Typical power
consumption

BTS (heater on)

40 C to 10 C

688

658

BTS (heater off)

10 C to 50 C

188

138

Booster GSM900

169

144

Booster DCS1800

199

170

NOTE

Tech. 16

The maximum power consumption figures apply to


extreme operating conditions (such as minimum operating
ambient temperature, heaters on, maximum RF output
power, charging batteries and lowest module efficiencies).
Typical power consumption is for the equipment running at
full RF output power, trickle battery charge and nominal
module efficiencies.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Specifications

RF output
power
Horizonmicro2 BTS
Table 1-8 displays the Horizonmicro2 transmitter output power.
Table 1-8 BTS transmitter output at BTS booster connector
Equipment

Nominal

Max

Min

dBm (nominal)

BTS GSM900

1.2 W

2.13 W

0.68 W

30.8 dBm +/2.0 dB

BTS DCS1800

1.0 W

1.78 W

0.56 W

30.0 dBm +/2.0 dB

NOTE

The values of +/2.0 dB represent nominal conditions.


Under extreme conditions these values can reach
+/2.5 dB for both GSM900 and DCS1800 variants.

Horizoncompact2 BTS
Table 1-9 displays the Horizoncompact2 transmitter output power.
Table 1-9 BTS transmitter output at BTS booster connector
Equipment

Nominal

Max

Min

dBm (nominal)

BTS GSM900

1.32 W

1.86 W

0.93 W

31.2 dBm +/1.5 dB

BTS DCS1800

2.19 W

3.09 W

1.55 W

33.4 dBm +/1.5 dB

Table 1-10 displays the Horizoncompact2 booster input power.


Table 1-10 BTS transmitter output at the booster input
Equipment

Nominal

Max

Min

dBm (nominal)

BTS GSM900

1.2 W

1.7 W

0.85 W

30.8 dBm +/1.5 dB

BTS DCS1800

2.0 W

2.82 W

1.41 W

33.0 dBm +/1.5 dB

NOTE

The Horizoncompact2 GSM900 BTS output power is


1.32 W (31.2 dBm), and 2.19 W (33.4 dBm) for the
DCS1800 BTS. This value is reduced by the two metre
connection cable to 1.2 W for GSM900 and 2.0 W for
DCS1800 on input to the Horizoncompact2 booster.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 17

GSM-209-323

Specifications

Horizoncompact2 booster
Table 1-11 displays the Horizoncompact 2 booster RF output power at antenna
connector.
Table 1-11 Horizoncompact 2 booster RF output power
Equipment

Nominal

Max

Min

dBm (nominal)

Booster GSM900

10 W

17.78 W

5.62 W

40 dBm +/2.5 dB

Booster DCS1800

10 W

17.78 W

5.62 W

40 dBm +/2.5 dB

Table 1-12 shows the Horizoncompact 2 booster in bypass mode RF output


power at antenna connector.
Table 1-12 Horizoncompact 2 booster in bypass mode RF output power
Equipment

Min watt

dBm

Booster GSM900

0.48

> 26.8 dBm

Booster DCS1800

0.74

> 28.7 dBm

NOTE

With reference to the GSM900 booster only, the output at


the transmitter within the booster in bypass mode is
reduced more than the Horizoncompact 2 BTS output due
to losses through switches and filters within the booster.

Receiver sensitivity
The sensitivity of the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTS receiver is
107 dBm.

Tech. 18

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Specifications

Frequency band
characteristics
BTS radio channels (RF carriers) are full duplex (transmit and receive) with the
characteristics listed in Table 1-13.
Table 1-13 Frequency band characteristics
GSM900

DCS1800

Transmit frequency band (MHz)

925 to 960

1805 to 1880

Receive frequency band (MHz)

880 to 915

1710 to 1785

Transmit/receive duplex
separation (MHz)

45

95

Channel width (kHz)

200

200

Minimum channel spacing (kHz)

600

600

Number of channels

174

374

Transmit frequency guard bands


(MHz)

925.0 to 925.1
959.9 to 960.0

1805.0 to 1805.1
1879.9 to 1880.0

Receive frequency guard bands


(MHz)

880.0 to 880.1
914.9 to 915.0

1710.0 to 1710.1
1784.9 to 1785.0

Transmit channel centre


frequency (MHz)

Even 10ths of a
MHz from 925.2 to
959.8

Even 10ths of a
MHz from 1805.2 to
1879.8

Receive channel centre


frequency (MHz)

Even 10ths of a
MHz from 880.2 to
914.8

Even 10ths of a
MHz from 1710.2 to
1784.8

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 19

GSM-209-323

Specifications

Tech. 110

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

Chapter 2

Equipment enclosures

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

GSM-209-323

ii

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Chapter 2
Equipment enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS modules location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS components location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

21
21
22
23

Booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GSM900 booster diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCS1800 booster diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

24
24
24
25

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

iii

GSM-209-323

iv

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

BTS enclosure

BTS enclosure
Overview of the
BTS enclosure
The Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 are designed to be wall or pole
mounted. A mounting bracket is provided and, once this is in place, the
complete Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 can easily be installed onto the
bracket. The Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 are provided with moulded
covers which can be removed to allow access for maintenance purposes.
All input and output cables (for example, ac power, HDSL and E1 lines) enter
the enclosure via the underside. The external RF cables may be routed from
either the top or bottom of the enclosure. All cables have specified routes
between the enclosure body and each connector.
The Horizonmicro2 has a built in duplexer and isolator/combiner module for
Tx1/Rx output and input.
The Horizoncompact2 does not contain a duplexer or isolator/combiner module
in the chassis. The duplexer is located in the Horizoncompact2 booster for
Tx/Rx output and input. There are two isolators; one in each transmit path from
the dual transceiver (DTRX) module. The outputs go directly to the
Horizoncompact2 booster.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 21

GSM-209-323

BTS enclosure

BTS modules
location
diagram
Figure 2-1 shows the locations of the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
modules and components.

AC SUPPLY
SOCKET
AC-DC
POWER
SUPPLY
MODULE
DUMMY
CONNECTORS

DTRX MODULE
(incorporating
isolator modules)

RX/TX
CONNECTOR
(External N-type
RF connector)
RDIS
MODULE

Horizon micro2 BTS


ig.081.rh

AC SUPPLY
SOCKET
AC-DC
POWER
SUPPLY
MODULE
TX1 CABLE
CONNECTOR
MASTER
(External N-type
RF connector)
DTRX MODULE
(incorporating
isolator modules)

Horizon compact2 BTS

TX2 CABLE
CONNECTOR
SLAVE (External
N-type RF
connector)
RX CABLE
CONNECTOR
(External N-type
RF connector)
RDIS
MODULE
ig.081.rh

Figure 2-1 Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 modules and components

Tech. 22

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

BTS enclosure

BTS
components
location
diagram
Figure 2-2 shows the location of BTS components and connectors.

DISTRIBUTION
BOARD

AC-DC PSM

FIBRE OPTIC
CONNECTORS

DINO/RHINO
HDSL
MODULES

CUSTOMER
INTERFACE
CLAMP

BATTERY

Front view

BATTERY
CONNECTOR

MMI

ALARMS CONNECTOR
FROM BOOSTER

LINE TERMINATION
MODULE (RHINO SHOWN)

Underside view with battery removed

ig.084.rh

Figure 2-2 BTS component locations


Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 23

GSM-209-323

Booster

Booster
Overview of the
booster
The Horizoncompact2 booster is designed to be wall or pole mounted. A
mounting bracket is provided and, once this is in place, the complete
Horizoncompact2 booster can easily be installed onto the bracket. The
Horizoncompact2 booster is provided with a moulded cover which can be
removed to allow access for maintenance purposes.
The cables for ac power, HDSL and E1 links enter via the underside of the unit.
RF cables may be routed from either the top or bottom.
There is a difference in the design between the GSM900 booster and DCS1800
booster (see Figure 2-3 and Figure 2-4).

GSM900
booster
diagram
Figure 2-3 shows the Horizoncompact2 GSM900 booster with cover removed.

AC POWER
SOCKET

ANT1
TX1
ALARMS
PLUG
RX
ANT2
TX2

Figure 2-3 GSM900 booster

Tech. 24

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Booster

DCS1800
booster
diagram
Figure 2-4 shows the Horizoncompact2 DCS1800 booster with cover removed.

ALARMS
PLUG

RX

TX2

ANT1
AC POWER
SOCKET
ANT2
TX1

Figure 2-4 DCS1800 booster

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 25

GSM-209-323

Booster

Tech. 26

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

Chapter 3

Power supply system

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

GSM-209-323

ii

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Chapter 3
Power supply system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BTS power supply system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

31
31
31
31

BTS power supply module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Distribution board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power supply module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC-DC PSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power supply signals and interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Events and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

32
32
33
34
35
37
38

Battery backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery pack diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

39
39
39
39

Booster power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of booster power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC supply socket connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power pin designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC-DC BPSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

310
310
310
311
311

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

iii

GSM-209-323

iv

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

BTS power supply system

BTS power supply system


Overview
The Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 ac-dc power supply module (PSM)
provides all internal voltages from single phase ac supply in the maximum input
range 88 V to 264 V, 45 Hz to 66 Hz.
Alarm signals relating to ac supply fail, low voltage disconnect imminent and
power supply overtemperature are generated within the ac-dc PSM and fed to
the MCU-m section of RDIS.

Components
The power supply system comprises:


An ac-dc power supply module (AC-DC PSM).

A distribution board.

A backup battery.

Location
diagram
Figure 3-1 shows the location of the power supply system components.
DISTRIBUTION
BOARD

AC-DC
PSM

BATTERY

Figure 3-1 BTS power supply


Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 31

GSM-209-323

BTS power supply module

BTS power supply module


Distribution
board
The power supplies generated by the ac-dc PSM are distributed via the
distribution board and used by the various modules listed in Table 3-1 below.
The power supply levels are all controlled by the ac-dc PSM, there are no
adjustable parameters. A battery provides an auxiliary power source in the
event of ac supply failure.
Figure 3-2 shows the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 distribution board.

CONN5

CONN1

CONN3
CONN4

BATTERY CONNECTOR
CONN2

Figure 3-2 Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 distribution board


Table 3-1 displays the voltages on the ac-dc PSM connectors.
Table 3-1 PSM connector voltages
Connector

Module

CONN1

DTRX 0

CONN2

Battery

CONN3

RDIS

CONN4

DTRX 1

NOTE

Tech. 32

+3.3 V

+5 V

+8 V

+12 V

12 V

+25 V

X
X

The supply output from ac-dc PSM CONN4 is connected


directly to distribution board CONN5.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

BTS power supply module

Power supply
module
Figure 3-3 shows the power supply module and socket connector from supply
cable.
SCREW TO SECURE
SOCKET CONNECTOR
TO PSM

ENSURE GASKET IS FITTED


BEFORE ATTACHING
SOCKET TO PLUG

SOCKET CONNECTOR
FROM SUPPLY CABLE
(see Figure 3-4)

Figure 3-3 Power supply module

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 33

GSM-209-323

BTS power supply module

AC power
connections
Figure 3-4 shows the ac supply connector.

Figure 3-4 AC supply connector


WARNING

Local regulations may apply for different power cable


colours.

Table 3-2 lists the ac power connections.


Table 3-2 AC supply connections
Pin
Top

Tech. 34

Use

Colour

Earth

Green and yellow

Neutral

Blue or black

Live

Brown or red

Not used

Not used

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

BTS power supply module

AC-DC PSM
AC-DC PSM description
The ac-dc power supply module is directly plugged into the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 distribution board, and provides:


A total maximum output power of 170 W.

Discrete voltages.

Alarms.

An ac supply for the enclosure heaters.

The ac-dc PSM consists of:




An ac-dc converter sub-module using an 88 to 264 V ac single phase


input, with power factor correction, converting it to a high line 360 V dc
output.

A dc-dc converter sub-module which takes the high line 360 V dc output of
the previous sub-module and converts it to a +25 V dc supply which is
used as follows:

Routed to the dc-dc converters.

Float charges the 22 V battery.

The dc-dc converters each use the +25 V dc input to generate the +3.3 V, +5 V,
+8 V, +12 V, 12 V dc and 25 V dc outputs respectively for driving logic,
interface and alarms.
The ac supply for the two equipment heaters is fuse protected and controlled by
a temperature dependent switch within the heaters.
The module has a low voltage disconnect (LVD) relay which enables the ac-dc
PSM to disconnect the battery once its voltage has reached a minimum level.
This protects the battery from being fully discharged.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 35

GSM-209-323

BTS power supply module

AC-DC PSM block diagram


Figure 3-5 shows a functional block diagram of the ac-dc PSM.

AC-DC POWER SUPPLY MODULE

ALARM
SIGNALS

PL1
+3.3 V
AC
INPUT

EMC FILTER
WITH FUSE

POWER FACTOR
CORRECTED AC
to 360 V DC

+3.3 V

+5 V
+5 V

360 V DC to +25 V DC
+8 V

+8 V
CONN4

110 V AC/230 V AC
SWITCH
+12 V

+12 V

PL2
12 V

12 V

PL3

+25 V

LVD
RELAY

+25 V

Figure 3-5 Functional block diagram of the ac-dc PSM

Tech. 36

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

BTS power supply module

Power supply
signals and
interfaces
Table 3-3 lists the ac-dc PSM sense signals and interfaces.
Table 3-3 ACDC PSM sense signal and interfaces
Connector

Signal

Remarks

PL1

AC input

Single phase input, via EMC filter.

PL2

AC switched output

RDIS heater supply.

PL3

AC switched output

DTRX heater supply.

+25 V switched
output

Used to float charge the battery and


provides battery backup.

CONN4

+3.3 V
+5 V
+8 V

For distribution to the various modules.

+12 V
12 V
+25 V
MF Fail

AC input failure.

LVD imminent

An alarm is signalled when the +25 V


unswitched supply drops to 20.5 V.

Overtemperature
(OT) alarm

Monitors the temperature of the ac-dc


PSM.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 37

GSM-209-323

BTS power supply module

Events and
alarms
The power supply system can generate a number of events to indicate its
status. These events are sent as warnings or alarms to the OMC-R and in some
cases can directly shut down the BTS. For details of OMC-R alarms, refer to the
manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the OMC-R
(GSM-100-501) . The events that can be generated by the power supply system
are described below:


Mains fail (MF) alarm


An alarm is generated if the input to the ac-dc converter falls to
within 65 to 78 V ac. All other power supplies remain active,
maintained by the battery backup.

Low voltage disconnect imminent (LVDI) warning


After an ac supply failure (ac-dc converter fail) the BTS continues to
function using the battery backup. During this time the +22 V output
is monitored and, if the output voltage falls to +20.5 V (+/0.5 V dc),
an LVDI warning is generated.

Battery low voltage disconnect (battery LVD) shutdown


If the output voltage continues to fall and reaches the range +18 V
(+/0.5 V dc), a battery LVD signal is generated and the battery is
disconnected from the load.

Under temperature (UT) inhibit


Temp 1 (T1) is the trip level temperature (0 C, for under
temperature).
When power is first applied, if T1 is below 0 C the heater mats
come on and the output of the +3.3 V, +5 V, +8 V, +12 V and 12 V
converters are not enabled until the temperature has exceeds 0 C
(trip level).

Overtemperature (OT) alarm


Temp 2 (T2) is the trip level temperature (90 to 100 C, typically
90 C for overtemperature).
An alarm is generated when the temperature at the ac-dc PSM
heatsink reaches T2 5 C, typically 85 C.

Overtemperature shutdown
If the temperature continues to rise and reaches T2, the ac-dc PSM
is shutdown.
After such a shutdown, the ac-dc PSM is only allowed to reactivate
when a temperature of Temp 3 (T3) is reached (55 C to 80 C,
typically 65 C). A hysterisis (H) of 20 C is used to prevent
oscillation between ac-dc PSM shutdown and reactivation.
Reactivation is automatic.

Tech. 38

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Battery backup

Battery backup
Purpose
The power system incorporates a battery backup that maintains power in the
event of an ac supply failure. The battery is able to supply sufficient power (for a
minimum of five minutes) for the system to perform all the tasks necessary for
an orderly shutdown.

Description
The standard battery pack is made up from eleven lead-acid 2 volt cells,
enclosed in a plastic case. The battery is sealed and never needs topping up.
Expected life of the battery is approximately five years. The output is protected
by a 20 A blade fuse, accessible from the top of the pack.
The 22 V battery is connected to the +25 V dc switched supply line, which
charges the battery pack under supply healthy conditions.
The ac-dc PSM monitors the +25 V dc switched supply during battery backup
conditions. It generates an alarm when it reaches the LVD imminent level
(20.5 V) and ultimately de-energizes the battery disconnect relay when the
output drops to 18 V.

Battery pack
diagram
Figure 3-6 shows the battery pack with blade fuse.

BLADE FUSE (20 A)

Figure 3-6 Battery pack showing blade fuse


Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 39

GSM-209-323

Booster power supply

Booster power supply


Overview of
booster power
supply
The booster power supply comprises:


An ac-dc booster power supply module (BPSM) provides all internal voltages
from single phase ac supply in the nominal range 88 V to 264 V, 45 Hz to
66 Hz, maximum output of 150 W (GSM900) or 215 W (DCS1800).

Two power outputs provide +12 V dc and +28 V dc (GSM900) or +26 V dc


(DCS1800).

AC supply
socket
connector
Figure 3-7 shows the location of the power supply socket connector from the
supply cable.

GSM900 VERSION
POWER SOCKET

DCS1800 VERSION
EARTH
(GREEN AND YELLOW)

(NOT USED)
NEUTRAL
LIVE (BROWN OR RED)
(BLUE OR BLACK)
AC POWER SOCKET

NOTE

(NOT USED)

LIVE (BROWN OR RED)

AC POWER PLUG
ON BOOSTER

The BPSM is located within the booster case and is not


accessible.
Figure 3-7 Booster power supply connections

Tech. 310

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Booster power supply

AC power pin
designations
WARNING

Local regulations may apply for different power cable


colours.

Table 3-2 lists the ac power connections.


Table 3-4 AC supply connections
Pin
Top

Use

Colour

Earth

Green and yellow

Neutral

Blue or black

Line

Brown or red

Not used

Not used

AC-DC BPSM
The ac-dc BPSM provides:


A total maximum output of 150 W of power.

Discrete voltages.

The ac-dc BPSM consists of:




An ac-dc converter sub-module using an 88 to 264 V ac single phase


input, with power correction.

An ac-dc inverter which generates the +12 V dc, +28 V dc (GSM900


version) +26 V dc (DSC1800 version) for driving the amplifiers.

The ac input is fused for live and neutral lines, then EMC filtered. The next stage
consists of a rectifier and input current limiting. This is followed by a power
factor correction stage. Finally, a current mode, pulse width modulation (PWM)
controlled inverter stage produces the outputs.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 311

GSM-209-323

Booster power supply

Functional diagram
Figure 3-8 shows a functional block diagram of the ac-dc BPSM.
INPUT

INPUT
FILTER

V100-1
FUSE

RECTIFIER
CURRENT LIMITER

POWER
FACTOR
CORRECTION

L (2)
N (1)
FUSE

J100-4
TB13
E

CORRECTOR
CONTROL

OUTPUT

INVERTER

+28 V
J3011 GSM900
J3012
OR
J3001
+26
V
J3002
DCS1800
J3013
J3014
J3003
J3004
0V

0V

OUTPUT
+12 V
J300S
J301S

AUXILIARY
SUPPLY

AUXILIARY
REGULATOR

+12 V

PWM CONTROL

Figure 3-8 Functional block diagram of the acdc BPSM

Tech. 312

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Booster power supply

Interfaces
Table 3-5 lists the ac-dc BPSM sense signal and interfaces.
Table 3-5 BPSM interfaces
Connector

Signal

Remarks

INPUT
L (2) (V100-1)
N (1) (J100-4)
E (TB13)

AC input

OUTPUT

+28 V dc
(GSM900)
OR
+26 V dc
(DCS1800)

For distribution to the amplifiers.

J301-3
J301-4
J300-3
J300-4

0 V dc

For distribution to the amplifiers.

OUTPUT
J300-S
J301-S

+12 V dc

Single phase input, via filter.

J301-1
J301-2
J300-1
J300-2

For distribution to the amplifiers and the


alarm board.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 313

GSM-209-323

Booster power supply

Tech. 314

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

Chapter 4

Digital modules

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

GSM-209-323

ii

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Chapter 4
Digital modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Digital modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of digital modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RDIS module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DINO/RHINO module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line termination modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

41
41
41
41
41
41

Main control unit, micro (MCU-m) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of MCU-m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processor functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
68LC060 processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QUICC32 processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCU-m block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCMCIA interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crosspoint switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sync block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMI interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic board ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic site ID and calibration data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

42
42
42
42
43
43
44
44
44
45
45
45

Olympus radio architecture controller (ORAC) function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of ORAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ORAC functional blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TTY/SCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ORAC functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

46
46
46
47
47

DINO/RHINO module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of DINO/RHINO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location of DINO/RHINO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Module view of DINO/RHINO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DINO/RHINO functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processing section of DINO/RHINO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line interface framers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio signalling links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

48
48
48
49
410
411
412
412
413
413

High speed digital subscriber line (HDSL) module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of HDSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional description of HDSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional diagram of HDSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

414
414
414
414

Line termination modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of line termination modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connector location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminology for Tx and Rx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features of line termination modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL link options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

415
415
415
416
416
416

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

iii

GSM-209-323

iv

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Digital modules

Digital modules
Overview of
digital modules
The digital modules within Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 consist of the
following:


Radio digital interface system (RDIS) module.

DINO/RHINO module.

High speed digital subscriber line (HDSL) module.

Line termination modules.

RDIS module
The RDIS is the digital control module containing the main control unit micro
(MCU-m) and the olympus radio architecture controller (ORAC). The MCU-m is
customized to drive two ORACs, each support a single GSM RF carrier.
The RDIS provides the processing platform for the control software, the main
software functions being:


Call processing (CP).

Cell resource manager (CRM).

Radio resource state machine (RRSM).

Switching.

Support of DTRX connection is made to two ORACs.

DINO/RHINO
module
The DINO/RHINO module provides the functionality required to interface with
the network. The DINO/RHINO supports E1 interfaces.

HDSL module
The HDSL module enables E1 data rates to be transmitted as payloads shared
over two twisted-pair cables.
NOTE

Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs shipped after


31st December 2001 are not fitted with an internal HDSL
modem. A suitable external HDSL modem must be used if
a HDSL link to the BSC is required for these BTSs.
Contact the local Motorola office for assistance prior to
purchasing a HDSL modem for this purpose.

Line termination
modules
The following modules are used to terminate the 2.048 Mbit/s (E1) links and
HDSL 135 ohm links:


DINO termination module - 120 ohm (DINO E1/HDSL module).

RHINO termination module - 75 ohm (RHINO E1/HDSL module).


Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2

20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 41

Main control unit, micro (MCU-m)

GSM-209-323

Main control unit, micro (MCU-m)


Overview of
MCU-m
The main control unit, micro (MCU-m) module provides the following functions:


Control processing.

Crosspoint switch.

BTS master clock synchronization.

Timing.

RSS processing (for both ORACs).

The processing supports the BTS site processing and fault management,
together with BTS call processing (RRSM and CRM).
The crosspoint switch provides switching for the network interfaces and the two
ORAC functional blocks.

Processor
functionality
The MCU-m processing section provides a 68LC060 processor in companion
mode with a QUICC32. The QUICC32 is used to provide system integration and
peripheral functions, specifically, a 32 channel HDLC controller for the
DTRX-BCF links.
The main processing section of the MCU-m currently supports 16 Mbytes of
RAM.
The DRAM system implements an ECC system for high data integrity.
The boot up code is stored in a 2 Mbyte flash EPROM. A further 1 Mbyte of
flash EPROM is provided for non volatile data storage.
A code storage facility processor (CSFP) is supported via a PCMCIA interface.
This allows flash memory cards of various sizes to be fitted.

68LC060
processor
The 68LC060 has a clock operating speed of 50 MHz with a bus speed of
25 MHz (the reduced bus speed is due to the use of the QUICC32 in companion
mode).
The on-board memory management unit (MMU) provides write protection of
memory areas, particularly program storage areas.

Tech. 42

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Main control unit, micro (MCU-m)

QUICC32
processor
The QUICC32 processor is a pin compatible derivative of the 68360. There are
minor hardware changes and microcode changes which permit the serial
communications channel (SCCI) to operate as a 32 channel HDLC controller,
utilizing the CPM RISC controller to perform the processing.
The QUICC32 processor operates at 25 MHz. This also defines the external bus
speed of the 68LC060 processor.
The on-board system integration features of the QUICC32 provide peripheral
control functions to support the 68LC060 processor.

MCU-m block
diagram
Figure 4-1 shows a functional block diagram of the MCU-m module.
SIGNAL CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
RESET AND
MASTER
PROCESSOR
WARM
RESET
(FROM
DINO/RHINO)

RESET
LOGIC
XTAL

PLL

1
RS232

BTP
(68LC060)

CONTROL
DATA

1
MMI

COMMS
PROCESSOR
(QUICC32)

ADDRESS

SITE
ID

BERR

16Mb
DRAM

ECC
PCMCIA
INTERFACE

PCMCIA
FAST FLASH
(BOOTCODE &
EXECUTIVE)
SLOW FLASH
(SWFM)
DINO/RHINO
LINKS
ORAC  2
LINKS

2
2
CROSSPOINT
SWITCH
SYNC

EXTRACTED
CLOCKS
FROM
DINO/RHINO

Figure 4-1 MCU-m functional block diagram


Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 43

GSM-209-323

Main control unit, micro (MCU-m)

PCMCIA
interface
The loading and storage of software may be done via the PCMCIA interface.
The PCMCIA socket is an industry standard 68-pin single socket, accessible
from the underside of the enclosure when the MMI cover plate is removed.
The PCMCIA interface is controlled using a Cirrus Logic PC card socket
controller. The PCMCIA interface is provided to support rev 2.1 type I cards.

Crosspoint
switch
This application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) provides central switching
capabilities for the MCU-m. It switches TDM links between two ORACs, two
network interfaces and two links to the processing section, one link to the sync
processor and also two links for the expansion fibre optics.
The ASIC also provides link interface features associated with the ORAC links,
these include synchronization features to allow for delay in the link to the ORAC,
and the necessary framing and encoding to support the link.
All of the serial links into the ASIC are E1, 125 s frame, 32 eight-bit timeslots
per frame.

Sync block
The sync block is responsible for site synchronization functions. It generates all
required local references from a high stability local clock source, taking 15
minutes to stabilize from warm-up. This clock source may also be locked to the
incoming network clocks.
The sync block provides the following reference pulses and reference clock:


16.384 MHz

125 s

60 ms

6.12 s

The sync function is controlled by the main processing section via a parallel
port.
The clock select block receives all of the possible sources of reference signal:


Extracted clock from the DINO/RHINO.

One of the sources is selected as a reference and up to two others can be


monitored and prioritized as backup references should the primary reference fail.
The sync block can also operate in free-running mode, using the ovenized
voltage controlled crystal oscillator (OCXO).
NOTE

The OXCO requires calibration when the frame-slip alarm


threshold is exceeded. This should only occur a few times
in the life of the equipment, due to the slow ageing
characteristic of the OCXO.

The PLL uses the selected reference signal as the loop reference clock. It
includes an OCXO (accurate to 0.05 ppm), a phase comparator and a loop filter.

Tech. 44

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Main control unit, micro (MCU-m)

MMI interface
The main processing section is provided with a TTY interface to the QUICC32.
This interface does not support hardware handshaking. The serial ports support
a baud rate of 9.6 kbit/s (no parity, 1 stop bit, 8 bits per character).

Electronic
board ID
Electronic board ID is supported by the slow flash memory (non-volatile data
memory). This storage contains the following information:


RDIS module serial number 16 bytes.

Kit number 16 bytes.

Description 32 bytes.

Electronic site
ID and
calibration data
A programmable site ID feature is provided using a serial EPROM.

Memory system
The RDIS has on-board memory devices and associated circuitry which is used
to enable initialization of the ORAC and DTRX, and store the site ID.

Functional description and diagram


The memory system consists of three memory blocks and some arbitration logic,
as shown in Figure 4-2.
The ORAC and DTRX memory contains calibration and information data
associated with the cabinet equipment.
The arbitration logic allows the exchange of the DTRX/ORAC memory
information between the two ORACs.
The MCU-m memory contains the site identification number and the kit number
of the board on which it is stored. This information can be read via the MCU-m
at the TTY plug.
SITE
EEPROM

RDIS

MCU-m

ORAC
EEPROM
ORAC0
DTRX
EEPROM

ARBITRATION
LOGIC
ORAC1

Figure 4-2 EEPROM functional block diagram


Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 45

Olympus radio architecture controller (ORAC) function

GSM-209-323

Olympus radio architecture controller (ORAC) function


Overview of
ORAC
Each ORAC is part of the RDIS and is designed to support a single, dual-rate
basic GSM RF carrier.

ORAC
functional
blocks
Each ORAC consists of the following functional blocks:

ORAC system controller and router (OSCAR) processor


The OSCAR processor performs the control functions for the OSCAR to MCU-m
interface, channel codec control, TTY link and PA control.

Equalizer
The equalizer performs channel equalisation for a single RF carrier.

Channel codecs
The channel codecs perform:


Channel coding/decoding.

Interleaving/de-interleaving.

Speech transacting.

Transceiver interface control (TIC)


The TIC performs low level management of the DTRX:


A/D conversion.

Modulation/demodulation control.

Tx power control.

Synthesizer interface.

Serial communications interface (SCI)


Slow serial interface for TTY and control.

Synchronous serial interface (SSI)


Fast serial interface for communication between DSPs.
The functional blocks above are shown in Figure 4-3, the lines representing the
interfaces between the main processing sections of the module. The channel
codec blocks and equalizer block contain multiple processors.

Tech. 46

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Olympus radio architecture controller (ORAC) function

TTY/SCI
Each processor has a TTY port available; for example the OSCAR, channel
codecs and equalizer.
The Horizoncompact2 booster internal alarms flexi-cable connects from the
9-way alarms input through to the test TTY access port (connection is made to
each ORAC).

ORAC
functional
diagram
Figure 4-3 shows a functional block diagram of the ORAC module.
CHANNEL
CODECS

PRIVATE BUS
SCI

SCI

OSCAR TTY

SSI
UPLINK
BUS

SCI (MMI)
ROUTEING
INTERFACE

CONTROL
BUS
SCI

From MCU-m
SECTION

PARALLEL BUS
(HOST INTERFACE)

EQUALIZER

TEST TTY
ACCESS
(BOOSTER
ALARMS)

OSCAR
PROCESSOR

ITC ASIC

DTRX
MODULE

TRAFFIC SSI LINK

TDM
INTERFACE

Tx
Rx

2 MBit/s TDM
DATA
To MCU-m
SECTION

Figure 4-3 ORAC functional block diagram

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 47

GSM-209-323

DINO/RHINO module

DINO/RHINO module
Overview of
DINO/RHINO
The DINO/RHINO module provides the interface to the network. This function is
separated from the MCU-m section of RDIS due to the variety of interfaces that
can be provided.


The DINO board provides a 120 ohm twisted pair E1 or 135 ohm twisted
pair HDSL interface.

The RHINO board provides a 75 ohm coax E1 or 135 ohm twisted pair
HDSL interface.

A local microcontroller is provided for network interface configuration and


supervision. This is controlled by the MCU-m and communicates with the
DINO/RHINO microcontroller via a HDLC link.

Location of
DINO/RHINO
The DINO/RHINO module is fitted between the RDIS and DTRX modules.
Figure 4-4 shows the location of the optional DINO/RHINO module (which
incorporates the LIU) and HDSL modules.

FIBRE OPTIC
CONNECTORS
FOR EXPANSION
CONNECTIONS

DINO/RHINO
(DTRX OMITTED FOR CLARITY)
HDSL
MODEMS

ig.084.rh

Figure 4-4 DINO/RHINO location

Tech. 48

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

DINO/RHINO module

Module view of
DINO/RHINO
Figure 4-5 shows a DINO/RHINO module and an external view of the TTY
connector with switches on the MMI cover plate.
HDSL
MODULES
FIBRE OPTIC
CONNECTORS
(FOR MASTER
AND SLAVE FRU
CONNECTIONS)

RDIS
CONNECTOR
NETWORK
INTERFACE
MODULE

MASTER
PROCESSOR
WARM RESET
BUTTON (S2)
GREEN LED

TTY CONNECTOR
(MMI OF RDIS)

SYSTEM RESET
BUTTON (S1)

LINE TERMINATION
MODULE
MMI COVER PLATE

ig.085.rh

Figure 4-5 DINO/RHINO with HDSL modules and TTY connector and switches

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 49

GSM-209-323

DINO/RHINO module

DINO/RHINO
functional
diagram
Figure 4-6 identifies the functional blocks in the DINO/RHINO.
BOARD CONNECTORS

SYSTEM
RESET (S1)
XTAL
J6

RESET
BDM
CONTROL
PROCESSOR

GREEN LED
DATA

J3

DRAM
J9

ADDRESS

HDSL
LINK 1

RS232

DINO/RHINO
RXD
DINO/RHINO
TXD
GND

HLI
FLASH EPROM

T
O
R
D
I
S

J3
CONTROL

HDSL
MODULE
T
O

DUART
J8

E
1

CONTROL
DATA/CLK

HDSL
MODULE

STROBE

SYSTEM
RESET

2.048 MBIT/S

J8
HDSL
LINK 2

HLI

FRAMER

J4 (DINO)
J14/J15/16/17
(RHINO)
NETWORK
LINK 0
T
O

DINO/RHINO
RXD
DINO/RHINO
TXD
GND

DATA/CLK

FRAMER

E
1

STOP

MAIN
LINK 0

LINK 1

DISTANCE
MEASURING,
PATTERN
INSERT AND
DETECT

LIU

9-WAY
(J4)

MUX
DEMUX

REF_6.12S
REF_125S
2.048 MBIT/S

COUNTER

START

NETWORK
LINK 1

LIU

PROCESSOR BUS

MASTER PROCESSOR
WARM RESET (S2)
MMI
CONNECTOR

MCU-m
RESET
SWITCH

MMI
TTY

BOARD CONNECTORS

Figure 4-6 DINO/RHINO functional block diagram

Tech. 410

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

DINO/RHINO module

Processing
section of
DINO/RHINO
The processing section comprises a MC68360 microcontroller with 8 Mbit (256k
x 32 words) DRAM and 8 Mbit (512k x 16 words) flash EPROM. The flash
memory is partitioned into two banks of 256k x 16 words to assist in code
corruption immunity (CCI). Both banks of memory contain the same operational
code in order to allow the processor to boot from either bank (redundant or
main). This is a safety procedure, in the event of code becoming corrupted. The
processor provides integrated features such that it requires little peripheral
support. It communicates with the MCU-m via a HDLC link.

Flash EPROM
The flash EEPROM stores the following:


Boot code.

Operational code.

Electronic ID.

The boot code executes on reset, performing board level tests before
transferring execution to the operational code.
The operational code will then allow the HDLC link to the MCU-m to be
established. The MCU-m may then request a code load of the DINO/RHINO to
be performed.

Electronic ID
The electronic board ID stores the following information:


Board serial number 16 bytes.

Board kit number 16 bytes.

TTY port
The TTY connector (J7) on the DINO/RHINO is the master processor/MCU-m
TTY port. A TTY for debugging the DINO/RHINO is available on the RDIS test
connector.

LED status
Table 4-1 displays the system status LED.
Table 4-1 System status LED
Green LED

Status

Off

System power off

On

System power on

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 411

GSM-209-323

DINO/RHINO module

Resets
The processor is capable of soft resetting itself. A local power-on reset circuit is
provided. This provides a local reset based on the power supply tolerance.
The MCU-m is able to reset the DINO/RHINO via a message on the HDLC link
only.

Reset switches
There are two push button switches mounted on the DINO/RHINO board which
provides the following:


System reset (S1)


When depressed briefly and then released, on board circuitry provides a
timed hard reset of the DINO/RHINO board and RDIS board.

Master processor warm reset (S2)


When depressed briefly and then released, on board circuitry provides a
warm reset to the MCU-m section of the RDIS module.

The reset switches are located on the DINO/RHINO to provide better access to
this function when the system is fully configured in the chassis.

Line interface
framers
The framing devices provide analogue to digital conversions for encode/decode
of the E1/T1 interfaces, and for HDSL modules when fitted and selected by
software (E1 only).
The framers provide the decoded and jitter attenuated receive data, for passing
to the MCU-m, plus a version of the data that has not been through the jitter
buffer which can be used on board the DINO/RHINO for distance measurement.
NOTE

Although distance measuring can be made operational, it


is not a feature of current software.

The framers provide a 2.048 MHz extracted clock, passed to the MCU-m. The
transmit and receive framing is controlled by a 125 s reference pulse received
from the MCU-m.

Tech. 412

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

DINO/RHINO module

Radio signalling
links
The radio signalling links (RSLs) to the BSC from the main processor on the
MCU-m are 64 kbit/s or 16 kbit/s LAPD links. The MCU-m does not perform the
LAPD encoding of the RSL link data. This is performed on the DINO/RHINO by
the processor.
The DINO/RHINO supports a maximum of two RSL links. The RSL links may
both be on a single network link or shared between the two network links.
NOTE

When the DINO/RHINO is on a network link to a BSC, the


RSL can be placed on either line on any timeslot other
than zero.

The DINO/RHINO supports 64 kbit/s and 16 kbit/s LAPD channels.

HDSL interface
Control
The HDSL modules are controlled from the processor by an asynchronous serial
data stream. There are two separate control channels, one per HDSL module.
The control streams are sourced by a dual universal asynchronous receiver
transmitter (DUART) device on the processor bus of the DINO/RHINO.

Clock and data


The HDSL module interfaces directly to the framer interface/framer devices. The
HDSL sourced data is selected as the input and output data path by the control
processor. Both clock and data are used in both transmit and receive directions.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 413

GSM-209-323

High speed digital subscriber line (HDSL) module

High speed digital subscriber line (HDSL) module


Overview of
HDSL
Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs shipped after
31st December 2001 are not fitted with an internal HDSL
modem. A suitable external HDSL modem must be used if
a HDSL link to the BSC is required for these BTSs.
Contact the local Motorola office for assistance prior to
purchasing a HDSL modem for this purpose.

NOTE

The HDSL module enables E1 data rates to be transmitted as payloads shared


over two twisted-pair cables. These cables are generally unshielded standard
telephone cables.

Functional
description of
HDSL
The HDSL data operates bidirectionally over each twisted-pair at approximately
half the overall E1 data rate.
The module processor performs such tasks as error monitoring and start-up
configuration. The processor also communicates with the DINO/RHINO
processor via an asynchronous control port.
The raw HDSL signals from the module are routed through the DINO/RHINO
and then translated at the HLI functional block (see Figure 4-6) into true HDSL
level signals.

Functional
diagram of
HDSL

Figure 4-7 shows the HDSL module functional blocks.


BIDIRECTIONAL
BALANCED LINE TO HLI

BIDIRECTIONAL
BALANCED LINE TO HLI
CLOCK
DATA

DSP

ANALOGUE
FRONT END

DSP

ANALOGUE
FRONT END

HDSL
FRAMER

CLOCK
DATA

CONTROL

FLASH
PROCESSOR

NVRAM

Figure 4-7 HDSL module functional block

Tech. 414

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Line termination modules

Line termination modules


Overview of line
termination
modules
The following modules are used to terminate the 2.048 Mbit/s (E1) links and
high speed digital subscriber line (HDSL) 135 ohm links:


DINO termination module - 120 ohm (DINO E1/HDSL module).

RHINO termination module - 75 ohm (RHINO E1/HDSL module).

Connector
location
diagram
Figure 4-8 shows the DINO/RHINO connectors and location of the line
termination module.

J3 (MMI)

ALARMS CONNECTOR
FROM BOOSTER
(ACTIVE ON
HORIZONCOMPACT2
ONLY)

LINE TERMINATION MODULE


(RHINO SHOWN)

DINO (E1/HDSL)
J11

J13

RHINO (E1/HDSL)

J12

J14 J15 J16 J17

J12

J11

DINO LABEL
PORT PIN
TX 1 & 6
A
RX 2 & 7

ALARM

PORT PIN
TX 3 & 8
B
RX 4 & 9

INTERNAL
SLAVE

INTERNAL
MASTER

J13

J12

HDSL OPTION

RHINO LABEL
ALARM

J13

TX
A

RX
A

TX
B

RX
B

J14

J15

J16

J17

INTERNAL
SLAVE

INTERNAL
MASTER

J13

J12

HDSL OPTION

Figure 4-8 Connector location diagram


Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 415

GSM-209-323

Line termination modules

Terminology for
Tx and Rx
The use of Tx and Rx as driver/receiver designators refer to the network as
perceived by the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 enclosure:


Tx indicates the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 connection is driving


into the network.

Rx indicates the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 connection is


receiving from the network.

Features of line
termination
modules
The line termination modules provide:


Impedance matching between the E1 and HDSL circuit lines and the
DINO/RHINO module.

An interface for up to two inputs and two outputs (120 ohm balanced
DINO or 75 ohm unbalanced RHINO E1 lines), or two HDSL 135 ohm
looped pairs.

HDSL link
options
In HDSL equipped variants, the links are automatically configured as either E1
or HDSL via a combination of database settings and auto-detection
mechanisms.
A feature of GSR4 software and later releases enables the setting of the
master/slave defaults to be changed by database settings for scenarios where
the defaults are not appropriate, such as a closed loop daisy chain. In this
instance, an external modem from the BSC must be a slave. The slave modem
on the last Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 must be turned into a master in
order to communicate with the BSC. (See the configuration example later in this
section.)
NOTE

Software releases prior to GSR4 cannot access the above


feature.

Links can be either E1 or HDSL, and can be mixed as appropriate within the
network. Conversion to/from E1 and HDSL can be performed either at a
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 or by use of external HDSL modems.
Three examples of possible configurations are shown below.

Tech. 416

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Line termination modules

E1 link connection to BSC


In this configuration (see Figure 4-9) an E1 link is used from the BSC to the first
Horizonmicro2 (BTS ) or Horizoncompact2 (BTS). Here, the connection is made
to the J11 port in the DINO board or to one of the coaxial cable connectors (J14,
J15, J16, or J17) on the RHINO board. From the first BTS onwards, HDSL links
are used running from slave port (DINO/RHINO J13) to the master port
(DINO/RHINO J12) in each BTS.
On the DINO/RHINO boards there are two fibre optic channels of 2.048 Mbit/s,
allowing two further BTSs to be interconnected. The fibre optic channel allows
synchronization of the slave BTSs with the master BTS.

E1 LINK
M

HDSL LINK

BTS

BSC
M = MASTER

NOTE

HDSL LINK
BTS

BTS

S = SLAVE

The remaining link on the last BTS could be used to


perform a closed loop configuration with an E1 link.
FIBRE OPTIC
LINK

E1 LINK
M

FIBRE OPTIC
LINK

BTS

BSC
M = MASTER

BTS

S
BTS

S = SLAVE

Figure 4-9 HDSL and fibre optic interconnections

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 417

GSM-209-323

Line termination modules

External modem connection to BSC


In this configuration (see Figure 4-10), a BSC connects to an external modem
through an E1 link. A connection is then made from the external modem slave
port to the master port (DINO/RHINO J12) on the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 DINO/RHINO. The slave port of the BTS (DINO/RHINO J13),
connects to the next BTS master port (DINO/RHINO J12) and so on, until the
last BTS port is connected.

E1 LINK

SLAVE

HDSL

EXTERNAL
MODEM

BSC
M = MASTER

NOTE

HDSL

BTS

HDSL

BTS

BTS

S = SLAVE

Contact the local Motorola office for assistance prior to


purchasing a HDSL modem for use with Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 BTSs.
Figure 4-10 External modem connection to BSC

External modem connection to BSC (closed loop)


This closed loop configuration (see Figure 4-11) uses external modems through
an E1 link in order to connect to the BSC. A connection is made from the
external modem slave port to the master port on the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 (DINO/RHINO J12). The slave port of the BTS (DINO J1,
RHINO J13), connects to the next BTS master port (DINO/RHINO J12) and so
on, until the last BTS port is connected.
The slave port on the last BTS (DINO/RHINO J13), is reconfigured via software
to be a master port. The reconfiguration of the port (DINO/RHINO J13) on the
last BTS allows the loop to be closed via the use of an external HDSL modem.
E1 LINK

HDSL

SLAVE
EXTERNAL
MODEM

E1 LINK

HDSL
SLAVE

BSC

HDSL
M

EXTERNAL
MODEM
BTS

M = MASTER

HDSL
M

BTS

BTS

S = SLAVE

Figure 4-11 External modem connection to BSC (closed loop)


NOTE

Tech. 418

Software releases prior to GSR4 cannot access the above


closed loop configuration.
Contact the local Motorola office for assistance prior to
purchasing a HDSL modem.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

Chapter 5

RF modules

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

GSM-209-323

ii

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Chapter 5
RF modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Overview of RF modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 51


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 51
Location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 52
Dual transceiver (DTRX) module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of DTRX module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synthesizer section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiver section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmitter section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non volatile storage of calibration data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

53
53
53
55
58
511
511

Horizonmicro2 duplexer and combiner/isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Overview of the duplexer and combiner/ isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location of the duplexer and combiner/ isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Duplexer and combiner/ isolator diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Rx/Tx interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

512
512
512
513
513

Horizoncompact2 isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location of the isolators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isolator module view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Rx/Tx interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

514
514
514
515
515

Booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster system description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional description of booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

516
516
517
518

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

iii

GSM-209-323

iv

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Overview of RF modules

Overview of RF modules
Introduction
The RF modules consist of:


Dual transceiver module (DTRX).

Isolator modules.
NOTE

To avoid problems with dust contamination of the fibre


optics it is very important that the dust covers are kept in
place on the fibre optic plugs at all times the cables are
not connected.
Please strictly observe the warning label affixed on the
DTRX module.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 51

GSM-209-323

Overview of RF modules

Location
diagram
Figure 5-1 shows the location of the RF modules on the Horizonmicro2 and
Horizoncompact2 .

AC-DC POWER
SUPPLY
MODULE

AC POWER SOCKET

RDIS
MODULE

DTRX MODULE
ISOLATOR/COMBINER
MODULE AND DUPLEXER

Horizon micro2
DUMMY CONNECTORS

RX/TX1/TX2
CABLE
CONNECTOR
(External N-type
RF connector)
AC-DC POWER
SUPPLY
MODULE

AC POWER SOCKET

RDIS
MODULE
DTRX MODULE
INCORPORATING
ISOLATOR MODULE

Horizon compact2
TX1 CABLE
CONNECTOR
MASTER
(External N-type
RF connector)

TX2 CABLE
CONNECTOR
SLAVE
(External N-type
RF connector)

RX CABLE
CONNECTOR
(External N-type
RF connector)

Figure 5-1 RF module locations

Tech. 52

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Dual transceiver (DTRX) module

Dual transceiver (DTRX) module


Overview of
DTRX module
The DTRX module supports dual RF transceivers which operate in either the
GSM900 or DCS1800 frequency bands.
The DTRX module supports synthesizer frequency hopping (SFH) and dynamic
power control (but not for the BCCH carrier). The DTRX module does not
support base band hopping or receive spatial diversity.

Synthesizer
section
Introduction
The synthesizer blocks are located with the Rx and Tx circuits and used for the
RF and IF frequency synthesis.
There are a total of 13 phase-lock loops required on the DTRX module, eight
frequency synthesizers and five phase-locked oscillators. The phase-locked
oscillators are used for the IF local oscillators. The master 13 MHz reference
oscillator is phase-locked to a 16.384 MHz reference supplied from the RDIS
digital module and, together with digital dividers, provides reference frequencies
for all other PLLs. The subsystem supports synthesizer frequency hopping
(SFH).

Functional description
The phase-locked loops of the DTRX module are:


13 MHz master reference.

Transmit RF frequency synthesizer (TXRFLO) x4.

Transmit IF phase-locked oscillator (TXIFLO) x2.

Receive RF frequency synthesizer (RXRFLO) x4.

Receive IF phase-locked oscillator (RXIFLO) x2.

13 MHz reference distribution


The purpose of the reference distribution is to generate and distribute reference
signals of the correct frequency and amplitude to all the synthesizers and
oscillators on the DTRX module. A synchronizing 13 MHz clock is returned to
the RDIS digital module.

RF synthesizers
The operation of the eight RF synthesizers supplying the Rx and Tx chains are
identical. They are combined in pairs to enable SFH. Whilst one of the pair of
synthesizers is providing the local oscillator, the other is locking to the next
channel in the frequency hopping sequence.
Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 53

GSM-209-323

Dual transceiver (DTRX) module

IF oscillators
The four IF oscillators are basically the same but the transmit and receive
synthesizers use different reference frequencies and phase detector
comparison frequencies.

Alarms
Synthesizer alarms are:


Tx synthesizer lock alarm.

Rx synthesizer lock alarm.

13 MHz synthesizer lock.

Synthesizer functional block diagram


Figure 4-8 shows the synthesizer functional blocks.

13 MHz Reference

13 MHz Reference

16.348 MHz CLOCK


(from RDIS)

REFERENCE
SYNTHESIZER
13 MHz Reference

13 MHz Reference
(to RDIS)
13 MHz Reference

DIVIDE
by 13
1 MHz Reference

DIVIDE
by 5
200 kHz Reference

RF
INJECTION
PLL

RXRFLO
(Carrier 0)
(A)

RF
INJECTION
PLL

RXRFLO
(Carrier 0)
(B)

RF
INJECTION
PLL

TXRFLO
(Carrier 0)
(A)

RF
INJECTION
PLL

TXRFLO
(Carrier 0)
(B)

RF
INJECTION
PLL

RXRFLO
(Carrier 1)
(A)

RF
INJECTION
PLL

RXRFLO
(Carrier 1)
(B)

RF
INJECTION
PLL

TXRFLO
(Carrier 1)
(A)

RF
INJECTION
PLL

TXRFLO
(Carrier 1)
(B)

IF
INJECTION
PLO

TXIFLO
(Carrier 0)

IF
INJECTION
PLO

TXIFLO
(Carrier 1)

IF
INJECTION
PLO

RXIFLO
(Carrier 0)

IF
INJECTION
PLO

RXIFLO
(Carrier 1)

Figure 5-2 Synthesizer functional block diagram

Tech. 54

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Dual transceiver (DTRX) module

Receiver
section
Introduction to the receiver
The receiver is a double conversion super-heterodyne that can operate in two
modes; linear and limiting. When the receiver is looking for call initiation from a
mobile station on a RACH, it is switched to limiting mode as no estimate of
signal strength is available to set the AGC pads. In normal operation on a
SDCCH or TCH, the receiver operates in linear mode. This allows the amplitude
information to be retained, which is required by the channel equalizers.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 55

Dual transceiver (DTRX) module

GSM-209-323

Functional description of the receiver


In the Horizonmicro2 both Rx and Tx use a common antenna and so a duplexer
is used to provide isolation between them. The response of the duplexer also
acts as preselection for the low noise amplifier (LNA). This stage is missing
within the Horizoncompact2 as the duplexer is found within the booster, thus
only one signal passes directly into the LNA.
The RF signal passes through an LNA stage and then through a splitter. One
arm feeds carrier 0 whilst the other feeds carrier 1. A bandpass filter provides
rejection to out-of-band blockers. The mixer down-converts the signal to an IF
using a low-side RXRFLO. A diplexer at the output of the mixer provides a
wideband match to the mixer to prevent reflections causing unwanted spurious
signals. An AGC pad is available at this point to reduce the dynamic range
requirement for the IF strip.
Three SAW filters provide some channel filtering, reject the unwanted mixer
components and ease the 3rd order intermodulation products (IP3)
requirements of the backend. The IF signal is then amplified and split into two
paths; one is the limited path, the other is the linear path. The limited signal can
be switched back into the main signal path.
During linear operation, the magnitude of the baseband output (I+Q) is
monitored to feed back to the AGC algorithm, ensuring that the baseband
output is maintained at the required level. However, in limiting operation, the
magnitude of baseband output (I+Q) does not reflect the incoming signal
strength due to the operation of the hard limiter. The signal strength can be
derived, however, by monitoring the output of the limiters RSSI port.
The dynamic range of the receiver is 107 dBm to 15 dBm. There is a
switchable 40 dB pad (known as AGC7) at the front of the IF strip which reduces
the compression of the IF strip to an achievable level. The baseband output to
the A/D converters is ideally maintained at 1/2 full scale (2.5 V pkpk or
12 dBm) using the AGC pads which are controlled by the equalizer algorithm
and set by AGC calibration. AGC7 effectively reduces the dynamic range for the
remainder of the receiver from 107 dBm to 55 dBm. Hence there is a
remaining 49 dB of AGC requirement to be taken up in AGC06. This is
provided by a voltage variable amplifier which is controlled by a DAC from the
AGC word.
The active demodulator provides I & Q channel data at baseband by using
RXIFLO from the synthesizer at twice the required LO frequency. The baseband
processing then filters the demodulated signal to reject the adjacent channels
and to band limit the noise power. The signal is also amplified to the level
required by the A/D converter. Also included is a group delay equalizer which
flattens the variation caused by the baseband filtering.

Tech. 56

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Dual transceiver (DTRX) module

Functional block diagram


Figure 5-3 shows the CARRIER 0 receiver path of the DTRX module. The
CARRIER 1 receiver path is identical after the LNAs and splitter.

Rx_IN
HORIZONMICRO2
DUPLEXER
Rx_IN
HORIZONCOMPACT2

CARRIER 1 PATH
TEMPERATURE
DETECTOR

LPF
LNA
1

RXRFLO

LNA
2

SAW

DIPLEXER
RF FILTER

MIXER
1

Rx_TEMP_0

AMP AGC7 0/40 dB


1

RSSI_0

SAW

SAW

AMP
2

AMP
3

AGC
AMP

LIMIT/LOG
AMP
CAL
AGC
1a

AMP
4

SWITCH

CAL
AGC
1b

50
Ohms
I&Q
DEMOD

I BRANCH

I_0

BPF
90

CAL
AGC

Q_0
Q BRANCH

RXIFLO

BASEBAND
PROCESSING

Figure 5-3 Rx functional block diagram

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 57

Dual transceiver (DTRX) module

GSM-209-323

Transmitter
section
Introduction to the transmitter
The transmitter section of the DTRX module takes in digital information from the
RDIS module and oscillator and reference signals from the synthesizer section.
It generates the IF, mixes it with the LO and amplifies the resultant RF signal.
The final RF signal is fully modulated, filtered, power ramped and amplified.
In the Horizonmicro2 the output signal passes to enclosure equipment which
comprises the duplexer and combiner/isolator module.
In the Horizoncompact2 each of the output signals from Tx1 and Tx2 are
passed through two separate isolators before being forwarded to the
Horizoncompact2 booster for amplification.

Tech. 58

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Dual transceiver (DTRX) module

Functional description of the transmitter


The transmitter (Tx) takes digital baseband information from the RDIS module
and converts it into a GMSK modulated signal. This modulated signal is mixed
with the TXIFLO input, up-converted to the first IF, 175 MHz, then passed
through:


An amplification and narrow band filtering stage to remove unwanted


sidebands (due to mixing of signals).

A voltage variable attenuator (VVA) which provides signal level adjustment


under control of the RDIS module (to compensate for power level
changes).

A voltage controlled amplifier (VCA) which provides more than 45 dB of


power control (to ramp the signal up and down).

An amplification and wideband filtering stage before being mixed with the
TXRFLO input and being up-converted to the final RF frequency.

After the second mixer, the signal is amplified and filtered before being passed
through the second VVA. The function of this VVA is the same as the first. It
forms part of a control loop in conjunction with the power detector. Both VVAs
are also used to adjust the power output of the system, to account for the
duplexer and combiner/isolator module.
The signal is further amplified and filtered before being passed through a digital
switched attenuator (DSA). This attenuator provides up to 30 dB of attenuation
in discrete 2 dB steps, and is used for static/dynamic power control. It is
controlled by signals from the RDIS module.
In the Horizonmicro2 a RF power amplifier (PA) module with preceding stages of
amplification increases the signal level up to approximately 30.8 dBm 
+/2.0 dB (GSM900 normal operation) or 30.0 dBm +/2.0 dB (DCS1800
normal operation).
In the Horizoncompact2 a RF power amplifier (PA) module with preceding
stages of amplification increases the signal level up to approximately 31.2 dBm 
+/1.5 dB (GSM900 normal operation) or 33.4 dBm +/1.5 dB (DCS1800
normal operation).
A RF power detector monitors the power output, giving a usable output over
35 dB of range. The detector is temperature compensated. A temperature
sensor is fitted to allow the RDIS module to determine the temperature of the PA
module, for thermal protection.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 59

GSM-209-323

Dual transceiver (DTRX) module

Functional block diagram


Figure 5-4 shows the CARRIER 0 transmitter path of the DTRX module. The
CARRIER 1 transmitter path is identical.
TXIFLO

CLOCK

MDATA

GMSK

7 MHz

Voltage Variable
Attenuator VCA

NARROW
BAND
SAW
BPF

PASSIVE
LPF

VVA

MIXER
175 MHz
ENABLE
PWR_RAMP_0

DIVIDER

PWR_LEVEL_0
GAIN
BLOCK

MIXER
SAW
BPF

BPF
BPF

BPF
AMPLIFIER

VVA
AMPLIFIER

TXRFLO
TX_KEY

Digital
Switched
Attenuator
BPF

Tx_OUT_0

DSA
AMPLIFIER

DIGITAL CONTROL SIGNAL

RF PA
Module

RF POWER
DETECTOR
TEMPERATURE
DETECTOR

FWD_PWR_0
Tx_TEMP

Figure 5-4 Tx functional block diagram

Tech. 510

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Dual transceiver (DTRX) module

Temperature
detectors
The purpose of the temperature detection is to allow the RDIS module to
compensate for the temperature response of the DTRX module.
The DTRX module is equipped with four temperature detectors. Two sensors
are placed to detect the ambient temperature of the receivers and two placed to
detect the temperature of the transmitter output stages.
The outputs of the four detectors are then multiplexed onto two analogue
detector lines selected by the TEMP_SEL control line (0 selects the transmitter
and 1 selects the receiver). All the temperature sensors are identical and share
common switching and signal connection circuitry.
TEMP_SEL is changed only on timeslot boundaries and is sent with the AGC
data through a serial link back to the RDIS.

Functional block diagram of temperature detectors


Figure 5-5 shows a functional block diagram of the temperature detectors.

TRANSMITTER
TEMPERATURE
DETECTOR

CARRIER 0

RECEIVER
TEMPERATURE
DETECTOR

CARRIER 0

TEMP_SEL_0

TEMP_DET_0
ANALOGUE
SWITCH

TRANSMITTER
TEMPERATURE
DETECTOR

RECEIVER
TEMPERATURE
DETECTOR

TEMP_DET_1
CARRIER 1

CARRIER 1

TEMP_SEL_1

Figure 5-5 Temperature detectors functional block diagram

Non volatile
storage of
calibration data
The DTRX factory calibration data, which is controlled and used by the RDIS
module, is stored in a 32 kbit (4 x 8 kbit) serial programmed EEPROM. This data
is calibrated at manufacture.
Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 511

GSM-209-323

Horizonmicro2 duplexer and combiner/isolator

Horizonmicro2 duplexer and combiner/isolator


Overview of the
duplexer and
combiner/
isolator
The duplexer filters Tx and Rx signals between a single antenna and the DTRX.
The Tx combiner/isolator module is used to combine the two transmit signal
outputs into the duplexer and hence to one antenna.

Location of the
duplexer and
combiner/
isolator
Figure 5-6 shows the location of the duplexer, combiner/isolator module and
DTRX board on the Horizonmicro2..

COMBINER/ISOLATOR
MODULE

RX/TX ANTENNA
CONNECTOR
DTRX BOARD
DUMMY CONNECTORS
DUPLEXER

Figure 5-6 Location of the duplexer and combiner/isolator modules on


Horizonmicro2

Tech. 512

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Horizonmicro2 duplexer and combiner/isolator

Duplexer and
combiner/
isolator
diagrams
Figure 5-7 shows the duplexer and combiner/isolator modules.

COMBINER/ISOLATOR
MODULE
DUPLEXER

Figure 5-7 Duplexer and combiner/isolator modules

Internal Rx/Tx
interconnections
Figure 5-8 shows the DTRX Rx/Tx interconnections in a dual carrier system.

CARRIER 0

Tx

Tx OUT

COMBINER/
ISOLATOR Tx
MODULE
Tx

DTRX

CARRIER 1

Tx/Rx ANTENNA
COMBINED Tx

Ae

Tx OUT

Tx

DUPLEXER
Rx
Rx

Rx IN

Figure 5-8 Horizonmicro2 DTRX Rx/Tx interconnections diagram


Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 513

GSM-209-323

Horizoncompact2 isolators

Horizoncompact2 isolators
Overview of the
isolators
The isolators are high performance single stage directional Tx power modules,
used in the Horizoncompact2. Due to its electromagnetic properties, it enables a
low loss forward path through to the Horizoncompact2 booster Tx port and
isolates in the reverse path.
This module provides isolation of multiple frequencies in the GSM900 and
DCS1800 BTS to reduce intermodulation distortion. The isolator reduces
reverse intermodulation by absorbing the power of an interferer into its internal
load.
This module also prevents possible damage to the RF power amplifier resulting
from load mismatches.

Location of the
isolators
Figure 5-9 shows the location of the isolators and DTRX board on the
Horizoncompact2 .

NTYPE
CONNECTOR

NTYPE
CONNECTORS

ISOLATOR MODULES

DTRX BOARD

Figure 5-9 Isolator locations on the Horizoncompact2

Tech. 514

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Horizoncompact2 isolators

Isolator module
view
Figure 5-10 shows the external view of the Horizoncompact2 isolator module.

Figure 5-10 Horizoncompact2 isolator module

Internal Rx/Tx
interconnections
Figure 5-11 shows the DTRX Rx/Tx interconnections in a dual carrier system.
Tx1/Rx
ANTENNA

ANT
Tx2
ANTENNA

Tx

AMP

Tx1

Tx1

ISOLATOR
MODULE

Tx1 OUT

DUPLEXER
DTRX
Rx

ANT
Tx

Tx2

Tx2
AMP

FILTER

Tx2 OUT
ISOLATOR
MODULE

Rx IN
BOOSTER
BTS

Figure 5-11 Horizoncompact2 DTRX Rx/Tx interconnections diagram


Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 515

GSM-209-323

Booster

Booster
Overview of the
booster
The Horizoncompact2 booster consists of two transmitter power amplifiers:


When used with the Horizoncompact2 GSM900 BTS, boosts a 1.2 W


(+30.8 dBm) per carrier output to 10 W (+40 dBm) per carrier.

When used with the Horizoncompact2 DCS1800 BTS, boosts a 2 W


(+33.0 dBm) per carrier output to 10 W (+40 dBm) per carrier.

The booster is intended to be mounted close to the Horizoncompact2 BTS and


connected through three two metre RF cables. The booster can be wall or pole
mounted.
Figure 5-12 shows a Horizoncompact2 with booster connected.
RF CABLE TO
ANTENNA 1
RF CABLE TO
ANTENNA 2
Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER

RF CABLING

Horizoncompact2
BTS

RS232
ALARM
LINK

ig .0 6 0 .rh

Figure 5-12 Horizoncompact 2 with booster unit

Tech. 516

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Booster

Booster system
description
The Horizoncompact2 booster amplifies two independent RF carriers in the
frequency range of 925 to 960 MHz (GSM900) or 1805 to 1880 MHz
(DCS1800). Each Tx input to the booster is a pulsed RF carrier. One of these Tx
carriers could be used in frequency hopping mode.
When the downlink power control is employed in the associated
Horizoncompact2 , the peak amplitude of the pulsed RF carrier at the booster
inputs can vary from +5 dBm to +30.8 dBm (GSM900) and from +2.5 dBm to
+34.5 dBm (DCS1800).
The Horizoncompact2 booster gain remains constant when the RF input is
reduced, so the booster RF output power is correspondingly reduced.
The attenuation through the receive (ANT1 only) is less than 1.0 dB.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 517

GSM-209-323

Booster

Functional
description of
booster
Referencing Figure 5-13, pulsed signals originating from Tx1 and Tx2 are
carried through relays under normal operation. In the event of a failure in either
or both power amplifiers, a bypass mode is automatically enabled by the
booster once failure is detected. This feature enables switching a maximum of
+41.25 dBm (GSM900) and +43 dBm (DCS1800) when RF power is applied to
the relay. One amplifier can remain operational whilst the other is in bypass
mode. Both carriers remain operational in bypass mode.
From the switch, the pulsed signal arrives at the attenuator and local heat sink.
The attenuator reduces a nominal 30.8 dBm by 2 dB to 28.8 dBm.
The pulsed signals are then passed to the linear power amplifiers (PAs) where
they are boosted to 42 dBm (+/1.25 dBm). A voltage of 28 V dc (GSM900) or
26 V dc (DCS1800) is derived from the power supply to drive the power
amplifiers.
From the PAs, the pulsed signals are passed to the isolator. The isolator is a
directional power device which, due to its electromagnetic properties, enables a
low loss forward path (0.3 dB) through to the next relay. The isolator prevents
reverse intermodulation by absorbing the power of an interferer into its internal
load so that it does not reach the power amplifier.
The pulsed signal is then passed through the second relay and on to the Tx
filter or duplexer. From the filter or duplexer, the signal is routed to the antennas.
Modulated Rx signals arrive at antenna 1 and pass through the duplexer before
passing to the Rx port.
ATTENUATOR LINEAR PA

ISOLATOR

RELAY

RELAY

TX FILTER

TX2

ANT2

BYPASS PATH

+ 28 V dc (GSM900)
OR
+ 26 V dc (DCS1800)

AC SUPPLY
AC/DC SUPPLY
AND
ALARMS BOARD

ALARMS

+ 28 V dc (GSM900) OR + 26 V dc (DCS1800)
ATTENUATOR
RELAY

LINEAR PA

RELAY

DUPLEXER

TX1

ANT1

BYPASS PATH

ISOLATOR

RX

Figure 5-13 Booster functional block diagram

Tech. 518

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Booster

Bypass mode
In case of failure of either or both PAs inside the booster, there is an ability to
bypass the amplifier which has failed. Bypass mode is automatically enabled by
the booster once the fault is detected. This feature requires that the booster
internal RF relays are capable of switching a maximum of +41.25 dBm
(GSM900) or +43 dBm (DCS1800) whilst the RF power is applied to the relay.
Both carriers of the Horizoncompact2 remain operational in bypass mode. If
there is an ac failure both relays bypass the amplifiers.
Overtemperature protection is required such that it is not latching and has
sufficient range to prevent rapid cycling of ON and OFF. There is no
overtemperature signal passed to the Horizoncompact2 BTS.
Figure 5-14 shows a block diagram of the bypass feature.

ATTENUATOR LINEAR PA ISOLATOR


RELAY

RELAY

TX2 INPUT

TX FILTER
ANT 2

BYPASS PATH

Figure 5-14 Bypass feature

Booster power supply module


The booster power supply module (BPSM) is mounted within the booster itself. It
is an ac to ac switch mode supply with standard universal voltage input
capability (88 V to 264 V, 45 to 66 Hz).
Two dc voltage outputs are provided (12 V and 28 V dc (GSM900) or 26 V dc
(DCS1800)) to a maximum total output of 150 W (GSM900) or 175 W
(DCS1800).

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 519

GSM-209-323

Booster

Alarms
The alarm board monitors the discrete outputs from both power amplifiers (PAs),
PA1, PA2 and the ac to dc converter. When either or both PAs fail or the ac to
dc converter fails, a signal is reported to the Horizoncompact2 via a RS-232C
interface. The line driver voltage levels are +/12 V maximum.
An encoded RS232 status signal is sent to the Horizoncompact2 BTS every
minute. Within the signal are fault indicators. After receiving five interrupts, the
Horizoncompact2 BTS interrogates this signal to determine whether the booster
is operational. No indicator is transmitted to the OMC-R if the Horizoncompact2
booster is operating correctly. Only fault conditions are flagged.
If an error has occurred, then the type and nature of the error is reported to the
OMC-R.
If the dc to dc converter fails within the booster, there is a loss of power to the
alarm board and, in the absence of battery backup, no messages are
transmitted to the BTS.
The transmissions from the Horizoncompact2 booster contain unique
identification codes of the nature of failure, with expansion capability to detect a
further four sub-failure modes. Figure 5-15 shows a functional diagram of the
alarm interface .
A description of the alarm codes sent to the BTS (should a functionality failure
occur at power up or during normal operation) is provided in Table 5-1.
Table 5-1 Alarm codes
Alarm
No Alarm

All clear indication

PA1 Fail

Power amplifier 1 transistor failed

PA2 Fail

Power amplifier 2 transistor failed

PA1 and PA2 Fail

Tech. 520

Description

Both power amplifiers transistors failed

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Booster

Alarm interface functional diagram


Figure 5-15 outlines the alarm board monitoring of the power amplifiers.

PA 2

PA 1
POWER AMPLIFIERS

PA = POWER AMPLIFIER

ALARM BOARD
SIGNAL
COND.

MICROCONTROLLER

87C51
RS232 I/F

TX

POWER UP RESET

Figure 5-15 Alarm board monitoring

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 521

GSM-209-323

Booster

Tech. 522

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

Chapter 6

Heat management

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

GSM-209-323

ii

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Chapter 6
Heat management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Heat management of the BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 61


Overview of BTS heat management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 61
Module heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 62
Enclosure cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 63
Overview of enclosure cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 63
Diagram of finned heatsinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 63
Airflow within the enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 64
Enclosure cooling overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 64
Airflow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 64
Booster heat management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 65
Overview of booster enclosure cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tech. 65

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

iii

GSM-209-323

iv

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Heat management of the BTS

Heat management of the BTS


Overview of
BTS heat
management
Heat management of the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTS is described
under the topics Equipment heating and Equipment cooling.

Equipment heating
The RDIS and DTRX modules must be above a minimum temperature of 0 C
before the output of the ac-dc PSM is enabled and the various voltages are
distributed through the BTS (see PSU description for details of voltage
distribution). If the equipment is below the minimum temperature when switched
on, heating is applied through heater mats until the minimum temperature is
reached.

Enclosure cooling
Natural convection removes the generated heat. Cooling is by ambient airflow
through the enclosure and across the finned heatsinks of the electronic and
power supply modules.
CAUTION

Do not block the vents of the enclosure.


Do not expose the BTS to prolonged sunlight without the
solar cover in place.
Do not expose the BTS to high temperatures created by
output vents from other equipment.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 61

GSM-209-323

Heat management of the BTS

Module heaters
To ensure the correct operation of the RDIS and DTRX modules, two heater
mats are attached to the heatsink of each module. These heater mats are used
in extreme cold operating environments to bring the modules quickly to the
specified working temperature.
Each heater mat has two elements configured for either 110 V ac or 230 V ac.
The ac-dc PSM selects the appropriate element, depending on the ac input.
All heater mats are fused via a current fuse next to the ac input of the ac-dc
PSM. These fuses cannot be replaced on site as this would invalidate the
warranty; the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 must be returned to Motorola
for repair.
Each mat also has a built-in overtemperature thermal fuse. If this fuse blows,
the mat must be replaced by returning the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2
to Motorola for repair.

Heater block diagram


Figure 6-1 shows the functional block diagram of the heater circuit.

AC INPUT

EMC FILTER
WITH FUSE

AC-DC PSM
SELECTING EITHER 110 V OR 230 V
HEATERS

HEATER
MATS

HEATER
MATS

RDIS

DTRX

Figure 6-1 Heater block diagram

Tech. 62

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Enclosure cooling

Enclosure cooling
Overview of
enclosure
cooling
The modules have finned heatsinks, which remove heat in the temperature
range of up to 50  by natural convection.

Diagram of
finned
heatsinks
Figure 6-2 shows the finned heatsinks.

Figure 6-2 BTS finned heatsinks

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 63

GSM-209-323

Airflow within the enclosure

Airflow within the enclosure


Enclosure
cooling
overview
Enclosure cooling is by natural convection only.
The ambient cooling airflow is channelled through the base of the enclosure,
across the front of each of the electronic and power supply modules, and vented
through the top of the enclosure.

Airflow diagram
Figure 6-3 shows the ambient cooling airflow through the enclosure.
AIRFLOW

300 MM MINIMUM
DISTANCE TO OBSTACLE

BUILDING
WALL
POWER
SUPPLY
MODULE

SOLAR COVER
(ESSENTIAL FOR
PROTECTION
AGAINST SOLAR
HEATING)

WALL BRACKET

RDIS MODULE

DTRX MODULE

BATTERY

500 MM MINIMUM
DISTANCE TO OBSTACLE

BOTTOM ENTRY FOR AIRFLOW

Figure 6-3 Enclosure airflow

Tech. 64

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Booster heat management

Booster heat management


Overview of
booster
enclosure
cooling
The heat management of the Horizoncompact2 booster relies on natural
convection of the generated heat. Cooling is by ambient airflow across the
finned heatsink.
CAUTION

Do not block the vents of the enclosure.


Do not expose the booster to prolonged sunlight without
the solar cover in place.
Do not expose the booster to excess temperature created
by output vents from other equipment.

Enclosure cooling
The rear of the booster enclosure has a finned heatsink. It is used to remove
heat in the temperature range of up to 50  by natural convection.

Diagram of Horizoncompact2 booster heatsinks


Figure 6-4 illustrates the GSM900 and DCS1800 booster heatsinks.

DCS1800 VERSION

GSM900 VERSION

Figure 6-4 Horizoncompact2 booster heatsinks


Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 65

Booster heat management

Tech. 66

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

GSM-209-323

20th Sep 02

Chapter 7

Expansion feature

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

GSM-209-323

ii

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Chapter 7
Expansion feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion feature overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual band support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field replaceable units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single band BTS configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual band BTS configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

i
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.

71
71
72
72
72
73
73
74
74

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

iii

GSM-209-323

iv

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Expansion feature

Expansion feature
Expansion
feature
overview
The Expansion feature allows two or three BTSs to be connected together to
effectively form a four or six carrier site.
When the expansion feature is used, the two or three Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 BTS units in the expanded system are interconnected by fibre
optic cables. One BTS in the configuration acts as a master and the attached
units act as slaves.
In an expanded system only the master BTS is connected to the network, by an
E1/HDSL interface; the slaves are not. Each slave unit requires one fibre optic
cable to be connected to the master, serving for downlink and uplink data. The
slave BTS also receives synchronization signals on the downlink.
Figure 7-1 show a fully expanded Horizonmicro2 system.

MASTER BTS

FIBRE
OPTIC
LINKS

SLAVE BTS

SLAVE BTS

ig.055.rh

Figure 7-1 Horizonmicro2 BTS expansion feature


Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 71

GSM-209-323

Expansion feature

Dual band
support
There are two variants of Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact 2, one for
operating at GSM900 frequencies and one for operating at DCS1800
frequencies. The frequency is hardware specific and cannot be changed by
software.
However, although a single BTS operates only at the frequency it is designed
for, an expanded system using GSR5 (or later) software can have a mix of the
two frequency variants. An expanded site can therefore support both GSM900
and DCS1800 frequencies.

Field
replaceable
units
The Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs are single field replaceable
units (FRUs), and as such, no options exist to upgrade the units in the field. The
configuration options of the product are:


E1/HDSL network connection. The number of HDSL modems is 0/1/2.

Integrated antenna for Horizonmicro2.

Configuration
data
Hardware configuration information must be determined at the OMC-R in order
to facilitate the dispatching of field technicians with the proper source
equipment. The additional configuration information required is:


Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS cabinet type.

The following Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTS site configuration is


also required to describe the hardware configuration. This data can be obtained
from the BSS/MIB database or is detectable from the hardware.

Tech. 72

GSM900 or DCS1800.

HDSL to E1 NIU.

CSFP (PCMCIA card for alternative load storage).

Integrated antenna equipped.

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-323

Expansion feature

Single band
BTS
configurations
Carriers in a single BTS are always configured in the same cell and the same
frequency type. The Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 supports the following
site configurations using single band cells:
NOTE

The combination of Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


cannot be used at the same frequency.

Single BTS site




Omni site - up to 2 carriers in a single cell.

Two BTS site




Omni site - up to 4 carriers in a single cell.

Two sector site, 2 carriers per sector.

Three BTS site




Omni site - up to 6 carriers in a single cell.

Two sector site, 2/4 carriers per sector.

Three sector site, 2 carriers per sector.


NOTE

Motorola does not recommend using the Horizonmicro2 in


an omni 6 site configuration unless the cell radius is small
(in-building coverage required, for example). This is due to
the very low Tx output power generated if six carriers are
combined. Motorola recommends one antenna per site for
Horizonmicro2 and two antennas per site for
Horizoncompact2 .

Dual band BTS


configurations
When dual band cells are configured, the following cell configurations are
supported:

Two BTS site




One BTS with up to two GSM900 carriers and one BTS with up to two
DCS1800 carriers.

Three BTS site




One BTS with up to two GSM 900 carriers and two BTSs with up to a total
of four DCS1800 carriers.

Two BTSs with up to a total of four GSM900 carriers and one BTS with up
to two DCS1800 carriers.
Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2

20th Sep 02

68P02902W62-O

Tech. 73

GSM-209-323

Expansion feature

Antenna
options
The Horizonmicro2 has an optional internal antenna and can also use an
external antenna.
The Horizoncompact2 is connected to a booster which in turn is connected to
two external antennas.

Software
requirement
Software release GSR5 or later is required for the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 expansion feature to be available. GSR5 software is needed
in both master and slave BTSs of an expanded system to enable the
master/slave relationships to be established.
Software release GSR4 allows the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 to
function only as single BTS systems without expansion capabilities. If GSR4
software is used on an expanded system, only the BTS with the E1/HDSL
connection will function.

Tech. 74

Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W62-O

20th Sep 02

CHAPTER 1
SITE PREPARATION

CHAPTER 2
INSTALLATION
PROCEDURES

CHAPTER 3
BTS EXPANSION

CHAPTER 4
COMMISSIONING

CHAPTER 5
DECOMMISSIONING

Category 423

Installation & Configuration (Inst.)

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

GSM-209-423

ii

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Category 423
Installation & Configuration (Inst.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 1
Site preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation procedure overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 11


Installation procedure list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 11
Weight of delivered package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 11
Tools and materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 12
Introduction to tools and materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 12
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 13
Site requirements and considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL modems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structural requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Space requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Space requirements diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Site visit safety and weather protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to site safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rubbish on site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On site safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weather conditions and maintenance cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

14
14
14
14
14
15
16
16
16
16
17
18
18
18
18
19

Earthing and transient protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 110


Site earthing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 110
E1 link transient and lightning protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 110
Earthing the site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to earthing the site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation kit delivery and packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation kit equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unpacking the BTS installation kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disposing of the packing material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster installation kit delivery and packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation kit equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unpacking the installation kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disposing of the packing material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounting guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to mounting guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounting guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

111
111
111
113
113
113
115
115
115
116
116
116
119
119
119
120
120
120

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

iii

GSM-209-423

Example layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 122


Mounting the BTS wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to mounting the wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing the tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drilling holes for the mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wall mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pole mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

137
137
137
138
138
139
141

Mounting the booster wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to mounting the booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing the tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drilling holes for the mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wall mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pole mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

144
144
144
145
145
146
148

Power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power cabling thermal properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable routeing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

151
151
151
151
152

Installing BTS enclosure power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to installing BTS power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connector procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earth connection points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the power and E1/HDSL cable conduits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting cables to the ac power supply isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the site main earth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

153
153
153
153
154
155
155
156
158
159

Installing booster power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to booster power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connector procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earth connection point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the ac power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting cables to the ac power supply isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the supplementary earth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

160
160
160
160
161
162
162
163
165
166

External antenna cabling guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 167


External antenna cabling guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 167
RF connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 167
E1/HDSL link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to E1/HDSL link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E1/HDSL link connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminology for Tx and Rx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

iv

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

168
168
168
169

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing E1/HDSL link cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to installing E1/HDSL link cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Routeing the E1/HDSL link to the wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E1 cabling distance/loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL cabling guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

Chapter 2
Installation procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of installation procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to the procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E1 link testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessing the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

170
170
170
170
170
171

i
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

21
21
21
21
22
23

BTS equipment delivery and packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 24


Chassis equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 24
Unpacking the chassis equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to the unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unpacking the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

25
25
25
25

Booster equipment delivery and packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 26


Chassis equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 26
Unpacking the booster equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to unpacking the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unpacking the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

27
27
27
27

Installing the BTS chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to installation of the BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment access procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the chassis onto the wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chassis installation diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

28
28
28
29
210
211

Connecting external cables to the enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to connecting cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting earth straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the ac power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the Horizonmicro2 antenna cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional internal antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the booster cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the E1/HDSL link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

212
212
212
213
214
216
217
218
219

Installing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to installing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fitting the solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

222
222
222
223

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

GSM-209-423

Battery/cover installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the battery and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the booster chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to installing booster chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment access procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the chassis onto the wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting external cables to the booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to connecting booster external cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting earth straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supplementary earth connection diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the Rx, Tx and antenna cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the ac power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting up the clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the alarms cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fitting the security bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to installing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools and equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fitting the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

Chapter 3
BTS expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to the BTS expansion procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
About the procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Master/slave establishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration of a BTS site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the BTSs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the expansion fibre optic cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools and equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment access procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the front solar covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the side and inner covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the fibre optic cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the fibre optic links to the master BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the fibre optic links to the slave BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refitting the BTS solar covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

i
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

Chapter 4
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commissioning overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pre power up checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earth continuity checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspecting the system visually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

vi

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

224
224
225
225
225
226
227
228
229
229
229
230
231
232
235
236
237
237
240
240
240
241

31
31
31
31
32
32
35
35
35
36
37
38
38
39
310
311

i
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

41
41
42
42
42
43

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Powering up the BTS and booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Preparation for powering up the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Powering up the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GSM900 booster view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCS1800 booster view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

44
44
45
47
48

Battery check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 49


Introduction to the battery check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 49
Battery test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 49

Chapter 5
Decommissioning the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Overview of decommissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 51


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 51
Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 51
Decommissioning the BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

52
52
52
53
56

Decommissioning a booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

57
57
57
57
510

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

vii

GSM-209-423

viii

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

Chapter 1

Site preparation

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

GSM-209-423

ii

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Chapter 1
Site preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation procedure overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 11


Installation procedure list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 11
Weight of delivered package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 11
Tools and materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 12
Introduction to tools and materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 12
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 13
Site requirements and considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL modems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structural requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Space requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Space requirements diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

14
14
14
14
14
15
16
16
16
16
17

Site visit safety and weather protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to site safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rubbish on site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On site safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weather conditions and maintenance cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

18
18
18
18
19

Earthing and transient protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 110


Site earthing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 110
E1 link transient and lightning protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 110
Earthing the site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 111
Introduction to earthing the site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 111
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 111
Installation kit delivery and packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 113
Equipment delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 113
Installation kit equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 113
Unpacking the BTS installation kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 115
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 115
Disposing of the packing material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 115
Booster installation kit delivery and packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 116
Equipment delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 116
Installation kit equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 116
Unpacking the installation kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 119
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 119
Disposing of the packing material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 119
Mounting guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 120
Introduction to mounting guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 120
Mounting guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 120
Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

iii

GSM-209-423

Example layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 122


Mounting the BTS wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to mounting the wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing the tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drilling holes for the mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wall mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pole mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

137
137
137
138
138
139
141

Mounting the booster wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to mounting the booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing the tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drilling holes for the mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wall mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pole mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

144
144
144
145
145
146
148

Power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power cabling thermal properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable routeing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

151
151
151
151
152

Installing BTS enclosure power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to installing BTS power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connector procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earth connection points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the power and E1/HDSL cable conduits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting cables to the ac power supply isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the site main earth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

153
153
153
153
154
155
155
156
158
159

Installing booster power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to booster power and earth cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC power connector procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earth connection point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the ac power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting cables to the ac power supply isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the supplementary earth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

160
160
160
160
161
162
162
163
165
166

External antenna cabling guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 167


External antenna cabling guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 167
RF connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 167
E1/HDSL link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to E1/HDSL link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E1/HDSL link connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminology for Tx and Rx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

iv

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

168
168
168
169

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing E1/HDSL link cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to installing E1/HDSL link cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Routeing the E1/HDSL link to the wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E1 cabling distance/loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDSL cabling guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

170
170
170
170
170
171

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

GSM-209-423

vi

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installation procedure overview

Installation procedure overview


Installation
procedure list
This chapter contains information that should be read before beginning the
actual installation.
Prior to the physical installation of a Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2
enclosure, there is a requirement to perform the procedures listed in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1 Horizonmicro2 / Horizoncompact2 pre-installation procedures
Procedure

Description

Site visit

Describes the sequence of events and


procedures to be performed at the site before
actual installation.

Preparing the site

Contains details of physical site


requirements.

Earthing the site

Describes site earth requirements.

Unpacking the installation kit

Describes how to unpack the installation kit.

Mounting the wall bracket

Describes the procedure to be used for


mounting the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 BTS and Horizoncompact
booster wall mounting bracket.

Installing the power and earth


cabling

Describes the procedures to be used for


power and earth cabling installation.

Installing the Rx, Tx, antenna


cabling

Details the procedures to be used for Rx, Tx


and antenna cable installation.

Installing the E1 link cabling

Describes the procedures to be used for E1


link cable installation.

NOTE

Those parts of the installation kit that are required after


fitment of the BTS and booster wall brackets will need to
be stored safely and securely.

WARNING

The equipment and packaging weighs approximately


40 kg in total. Care must be taken in handling and lifting,
and requires two persons.

Weight of
delivered
package

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 11

GSM-209-423

Tools and materials

Tools and materials


Introduction to
tools and
materials
The following tables list the recommended tools and materials for carrying out
the procedures in this manual.
A recommended Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 tool kit is listed in
Table 1-2.
Table 1-2 Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 tool kit
Quantity

Inst. 12

Description

13 mm combination spanner.

Screwdriver set: flats and posidrive.

1/4 inch square drive.

1/4 inch extension.

1/4 inch to hex adapter.

T10 bit.

T25 tamperproof bit (supplied).

T30 tamperproof bit (supplied).

6 mm hex bit.

Hammer drill plus masonry bits.

Roll insulation tape.

Spirit level.

Ratchet & sockets.

Torque wrench.

Ruler.

Hammer.

Pole mount banding tool (order number SWLN4847).

Wire stripping tool.

Crimping tool.

Small hacksaw.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Tools and materials

Torque values
The torque values that are to be used when installing Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 equipment are listed in Table 1-3.
Table 1-3 Wall bracket torque values (BTS and booster)
Part

Size/Type

Torque

Where

Chassis/wall bracket earth


stud (BTS)

M8 nut

10 Nm

Factory & field

Chassis/wall bracket earth


stud (booster)
(Horizoncompact2 only)

M8 nut

10 Nm

Factory & field

Wall bracket/wall fixings

Customer selection

Field only

BTS conduit bracket

M6 skt hd

3.4 Nm

Factory & field

Booster conduit bracket


(Horizoncompact2 only)

M8 skt hd

10 Nm

Factory & field

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 13

GSM-209-423

Site requirements and considerations

Site requirements and considerations


Introduction
The base site area where the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 is to be
installed must meet the structural and environmental criteria provided in this
section.
Other relevant installation and operational requirements for the equipment, such
as weights, dimensions and power requirements are also provided here.
NOTE

The Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 is mounted on a


wall, or similar flat surface, using a wall bracket. It may
also be pole mounted using the same wall bracket and the
pole securing brackets and straps.

Environmental
requirements
The environmental limits for equipment operation are defined in Table 1-4.
Table 1-4 Environmental limits
Environment

Temperature

Relative humidity

Operating

33 C to +50 C

5% to 100%

Storage (packaged)

33 C to +70 C

8% to 100%

Dimensions
Table 1-5 lists the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 equipment dimensions.
Table 1-5 Equipment dimensions (mm)
Equipment

Height

Width

Depth, including
wall bracket

BTS

532

542

201

Booster

347

541

226

Weights
Table 1-6 lists the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 equipment weights.
Table 1-6 Equipment weights (kg)

Inst. 14

Equipment

Weight, excluding wall


bracket, solar cover or
battery

Weight, including wall


bracket, solar cover and
battery

BTS

21

28

Booster GSM900

15

20

Booster DCS1800

19

24

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Site requirements and considerations

Power
specifications
Power supply requirements
Table 1-7 lists the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 equipment power
requirements.
Table 1-7 BTS power requirements
Equipment
BTS

Supply voltage range

88 V to 264 V ac (45
(4566
66 Hz)

Maximum supply current


range
7.8 A to 2.6 A
(depending on supply voltage)

Booster

2.3 A

Battery backup
Table 1-8 shows the specifications for the battery used in the Horizonmicro2 and
Horizoncompact2 BTSs.
Table 1-8 Battery specifications
Voltage

Capacity

Backup duration

22 V dc

2.5 Ah

> 5 minutes

Power consumption
Table 1-9 displays the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 equipment power
consumption figures.
Table 1-9 BTS power consumption (W)
Equipment

Ambient
temperature

Maximum
power
consumption

Typical power
consumption

BTS (heater on)

40 C to 10 C

688

658

BTS (heater off)

10 C to 50 C

188

138

Booster GSM900

169

144

Booster DCS1800

199

170

NOTE

The maximum power consumption figures apply to


extreme operating conditions (such as minimum operating
ambient temperature, heaters on, maximum RF output
power, charging batteries and lowest module efficiencies).
Typical power consumption is for the equipment running at
full RF output power, trickle battery charge and nominal
module efficiencies.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 15

GSM-209-423

Site requirements and considerations

Software
requirements
Software release GSR4 limits the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact 2 to
function only as single BTS systems without expansion capabilities.
Software release GSR5 or later is required to support the expansion feature for
the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 . The GSR5 software is needed in both
master and slave BTSs to enable the master/slave relationship. If GSR4
software is used on an expanded system, only the BTS with the E1/HDSL
connection will be functional.

HDSL modems
Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs shipped after 31st December 2001
are not fitted with an internal HDSL modem. A suitable external HDSL modem
must be used if a HDSL link to the BSC is required for these BTSs.
Contact the local Motorola office for assistance prior to purchasing a HDSL
modem for this purpose.

Structural
requirements
To adequately support the weight of the fully equipped Horizoncompact2
including wall bracket, the designated mounting surface must be capable of
bearing a maximum load of:


28 kg for the GSM900 or DCS1800 Horizonmicro2, or

48 kg for the GSM900 Horizoncompact2 (28 kg) with booster (20 kg), or

52 kg for the DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 (28 kg) with booster (24 kg).

See the section entitled Mounting guidelines for details of the various
categories of mounting surface materials.
WARNING

In order to preserve safety, local specialist assistance


should be sought for more specific mounting
recommendations, since detailed information on the
subject is beyond the scope of this manual.

Space
requirements
Use the wall brackets as templates. Clearance of 300 mm above, 500 mm
below, 10 mm each side and 1000 mm in front of the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 BTS and booster (only used with the Horizoncompact2 ) is
required to allow for installation and maintenance.
100 mm of space to the right side is required if the carrying/lifting handles are
fitted and used. 500 mm of space to the left side is needed for clearance for the
expansion feature.

Inst. 16

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Site requirements and considerations

Space
requirements
diagram
Figure 1-1 shows the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 clearances.
300 mm CLEARANCE

100 mm CLEARANCE

*
100 mm CLEARANCE

Horizoncompact2
booster

* CLEARANCE FOR USE OF HANDLES

300 mm CLEARANCE

*
100 mm CLEARANCE

100 mm CLEARANCE
*

Horizonmicro2
OR
Horizoncompact2
BTS

500 mm CLEARANCE

Figure 1-1 Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 clearances

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 17

GSM-209-423

Site visit safety and weather protection

Site visit safety and weather protection


Introduction to
site safety
When preparing to do work at a site and upon arrival, follow the instructions
provided in this section.

Rubbish on site
Clear rubbish from the site on completion of the job, unless otherwise indicated
by the customer.
WARNING

Do not burn rubbish as packaging might give off toxic


gases.

On site safety
Responsibilities of senior team member
The senior member of the team must:


Advise all new staff on site of safety requirements before any work takes
place.

Responsibilities of all personnel


All personnel must:


Wear supplied safety helmets when antenna or overhead work is in


progress, and when local regulations require them.

Wear supplied safety goggles and dust masks when drilling, this is
particularly important when drilling overhead ironwork.

Wear supplied ear protectors while drilling is in progress.

Wear approved safety footwear when moving heavy equipment.

Observe safety recommendations when lifting equipment.

Wear a safety harness and line with a shock absorber anchored to a


suitable point, and observe all safety regulations when working at height.

Stop any work that is being supervised if any person in the team is not properly
protected.
When installing cable ties, even temporarily, cut the excess or tail properly. This
is to prevent sharp edges inflicting injury when not cut flush with the locking
edge.

Inst. 18

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Site visit safety and weather protection

Weather
conditions and
maintenance
cover
WARNING

Due consideration should be given to the hazards of wind


and other inclement weather conditions when installing the
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 . This is especially
important when using a ladder to gain access.
Use discretion at all times. Do not climb a ladder,
scaffolding or other method of access if you feel unsafe to
do so under these weather conditions.

Motorola recommends that a Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 is not installed


during inclement weather conditions. If this cannot be avoided, some form of
maintenance cover should be used.
NOTE

A maintenance cover is not supplied with the


Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS or
Horizoncompact2 booster equipment and should be
provided by the customer if required.

Installation and configuration of a Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 enclosure


and booster unit is dependent on the weather conditions. There are three
situations where the recommended guidelines should be considered before
commencing work:


No access.

Access with maintenance cover.

Access without maintenance cover.

No access
Access should not be attempted to an enclosure during the following actual or
imminent inclement weather conditions, with or without the maintenance cover:


Strong winds.

Heavy persistent rain, snow, hail or sleet.

During an electrical storm.

Access with maintenance cover


Access may be made to an enclosure under the following conditions with the
use of the maintenance cover:


Persistent rain, snow, hail or sleet.

Where airborne substances (such as leaves or dust) may cause a


problem.

Access without maintenance cover


Access may be made under the following conditions without the use of the
maintenance cover:


No precipitation occurring or likely to occur during the maintenance period.

When the temperature is between 40 C to +50 C.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 19

Earthing and transient protection

GSM-209-423

Earthing and transient protection


Site earthing
This section summarises general procedures for earthing the site. Refer to the
Grounding guidelines for cellular radio installations (68P81150E62) . Use
national regulations or refer to Requirements for Electrical Installations (16th
Edition) BS 7671 (IEC364).


The cell site equipment must be earthed (in the same common earth point
as its power source).

A supplementary earth protection terminal (stud) is located on the


Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS wall bracket. It is provided for
additional protection in exposed environments. This wall bracket earth is
connected to the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 earth protection stud
on the chassis by a short attached cable (see Figure 1-2) once the
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS chassis is installed.

A supplementary earth protection terminal (stud) is located on the


Horizoncompact2 booster wall bracket. It is provided for additional
protection in exposed environments. This wall bracket earth is connected
to the Horizoncompact2 booster earth protection stud on the chassis by a
short attached cable (see Figure 1-3) once the Horizoncompact2 booster
chassis is installed.

Provision should be made for routeing earthing lines into the site and
making a connection to the wall bracket earthing stud before beginning
the installation of the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 chassis.

Refer to the site-specific building documentation for detailed site earthing


information.

E1 link
transient and
lightning
protection
E1 links connected to Motorola equipment have secondary transient protection
as part of the 75 ohm E1 line termination (RHINO) or 120 ohm E1 line
termination (DINO). Surge arresters should be utilized to provide additional
protection when exposure to high voltages is likely (for example when
equipment is installed in open environments).
For in-building sites, ensure any external connection to the site is fed through
standard coaxial electromagnetic protection (EMP) devices. EMP devices are
customer/country dependent and Motorola cannot recommend a specific type.

Inst. 110

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Earthing the site

Earthing the site


Introduction to
earthing the site
The following covers the earthing procedure for a Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 site.
The term earth in this manual equates to the term ground
used in some associated documentation.

NOTE

Requirements
Figure 1-2 shows the earthing requirements for a Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 site.

Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTS


Each site external earth must be assessed on an individual site basis and in
compliance to regional electric company (REC) requirements or national
requirements (conditions will vary considerably depending on local soil
conditions and site topography). This may involve a site survey, soil resistance
test, and earth fault loop impedance measurement before installation. Use
national regulations or refer to Requirements for Electrical Installations (16th
Edition) BS 7671 (IEC364).
MAIN BUILDING EARTH
WALL MOUNTING
BRACKET

EARTH CABLE
(AT BOTTOM OF
BRACKET)

SUPPLEMENTARY
EARTH CABLE

BTS CHASSIS
SAFETY EARTH
EARTHED THROUGH
AC SOURCE SUPPLY

AC/DC
PSU

WALL BRACKET EARTH CABLE


AWAITING CONNECTION TO
CHASSIS

Figure 1-2 Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 earthing requirements


Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 111

GSM-209-423

Earthing the site

Horizoncompact2 booster
Figure 1-3 shows the earth connection points for the booster wall bracket and
chassis. This installation may involve a site survey, soil resistance test and earth
fault loop impedance measurement before installation. Use national regulations
or refer to Requirements for Electrical Installations (16th Edition) BS 7671
(IEC364) .
MAIN BUILDING EARTH
WALL MOUNTING
BRACKET

EARTH CABLE
(AT BOTTOM OF
BRACKET)

AC/DC
PSU

SUPPLEMENTARY
EARTH CABLE

BOOSTER
CHASSIS
SAFETY EARTH
EARTHED THROUGH
AC SOURCE SUPPLY

WALL BRACKET EARTH CABLE


AWAITING CONNECTION TO
CHASSIS

Figure 1-3 Horizoncompact2 booster earthing requirements (GSM900 wall


bracket shown)

Inst. 112

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installation kit delivery and packaging

Installation kit delivery and packaging


Equipment
delivery
The equipment should be carefully delivered to the site by the freight company,
along with the necessary moving pallets and padding. Use the pallets and
padding to move the equipment from the unloading area to the installation point.

Installation kit
equipment
The installation kit comprises all the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2
equipment and is shipped in a recycleable cardboard container. The contents
are listed below and the packaging is shown in Figure 1-4.
The installation kit comprises:


Carton A, which contains the following:


Wall mounting bracket.
Pole/Wall mounting kit comprising:

1 medium channel, long.

1 medium channel, short.

2 universal channel clamps.

3 bucklestraps, 1120 mm long (1 spare).

8 screws, 8 washers (two spare).

1 cable tie.

1 mounting bracket.

1 conduit bracket.

Earth strap (wall mounting bracket to chassis) (attached to mounting


bracket).
Conduit termination bracket and fittings.


Carton B, which contains the following:


Solar cover (front).
Battery and battery cover.
Customer interface kit including:

T25 tamperproof Torx bit (for solar cover).

T30 tamperproof Torx bit (for pole mount).

Carton C, which contains the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS


chassis.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 113

GSM-209-423

Installation kit delivery and packaging

CARTON A contents:
CARTON B contents:

WALL MOUNTING KIT


POLE MOUNT FITTINGS
CONDUIT TERMINATION BRACKET AND
FITTINGS

CARTON A

SOLAR COVER
CUSTOMER INTERFACE KIT
BATTERY AND BATTERY COVER
INTERNAL ANTENNA (OPTIONAL)

CARTON B

CARTON C:
Horizonmicro2 UNIT
OR
Horizoncompact2 UNIT
(see CAUTION below)

CARTON C

Tools required:
see Table 1-2

Inspect box contents for transit damage.


Ensure items are handled carefully to avoid damage.

WARNING

This equipment and packaging weighs approximately


40 kg in total. Care must be taken in handling and lifting,
and will require two persons.

CAUTION

To prevent the possibility of condensation build up, do not


open carton C until the equipment is to be commissioned.

Figure 1-4 Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 installation kit

Inst. 114

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Unpacking the BTS installation kit

Unpacking the BTS installation kit


Introduction
WARNING

The assembled Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2


installation kit weighs approximately 28 kg (Horizonmicro2
or Horizoncompact2, wall bracket and conduit).
Observe normal handling precautions when lifting and
carrying.

CAUTION

Take care to ensure the equipment is not scratched or


damaged in any way during this procedure.

Remove cartons A, B and C from the container, as shown in Figure 1-4. Inspect
the equipment immediately for damage. Report the extent of any damage to the
transport company.

Disposing of
the packing
material
To dispose of the packing material:
1.

Put the three cartons back in the shipping container.

2.

Dispose of the shipping container as advised by the in-country project


manager.
NOTE

The packaging is recycleable cardboard. It is NOT to be


returned to the factory.

WARNING

Should the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 need to be


returned to the factory at any time in the future, contact
the Motorola local office who will advise on correct
packaging.
Do not return the battery pack with the BTS. Under no
circumstances should BTSs be packaged with the battery
pack attached because if the battery pack is damaged, the
loose battery cells will present a potential safety hazard.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 115

Booster installation kit delivery and packaging

GSM-209-423

Booster installation kit delivery and packaging


Equipment
delivery
The equipment should be carefully delivered to the site by the freight company,
along with the necessary moving pallets and padding. Use the pallets and
padding to move the equipment from the unloading area to the installation point.

Installation kit
equipment
The installation kit comprises all the Horizoncompact2 booster equipment and is
shipped in a recycleable cardboard container. The contents are listed below and
the packaging is shown in Figure 1-5.
The installation kit comprises:


Carton A, which contains the following;


Wall mounting bracket.

Earth strap (wall mounting bracket to chassis attached to mounting


bracket).

Pole mounting kit, comprising:

Inst. 116

Medium channel extension (x 2).

Universal clamp (x 2).

Buckle strap (x 3) 1120 mm long (1 spare).

Pan head screw (x 8), tamperproof torque M6 x 16 (2 spare).

Plain washer (x 8), (2 spare).

Conduit bracket.

M8 x 20 socket head screws (x 2), fitted to conduit bracket.

Cable tie.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Booster installation kit delivery and packaging

Carton B, which contains the following:


Solar cover.

M5 x 20 tamperproof screws (x 2) attached to the lower cover


brackets.

Blank badge (fitted to cover).

Cable kit comprising:

RF cable (2 m), Horizoncompact2 BTS Tx1 to booster.

RF cable (2 m), Horizoncompact2 BTS Tx2 to booster.

RF cable (2 m), Horizoncompact2 BTS Rx to booster.

Antenna cables (x 2), 400 mm.

Alarm cable, 2.5 m.

Security bracket.

M8 x 20 socket head screws (x 4), (2 for security plate, 2 spare).

M8 plain washers (x 2), (1 spare).

Carton C, which contains the following:

Horizoncompact2 booster.

Horizoncompact2 booster handles.

M8 x 20 socket head screws (x 4) fitted to handles*.

M8 plain washers (x 4) fitted to handles*.

Cable strain relief clamp (attached to lower chassis flange).

M8 x 20 socket head screws (x 2) fitted to back plate of chassis (for


securing security plate).

NOTE

* These screws and washers are to be used to secure the


Horizoncompact2 booster unit to the wall bracket once
the handles have been removed.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 117

GSM-209-423

Booster installation kit delivery and packaging

CARTON A contents:
WALL MOUNTING KIT
POLE MOUNT KIT
CONDUIT TERMINATION BRACKET AND
FITTINGS

CARTON B contents:

CARTON C:

SOLAR COVER
CABLE KIT
SECURITY BRACKET

Horizoncompact2 BOOSTER
Horizoncompact2 HANDLES
(see CAUTION below)

Tools required:
see Table 1-2
Inspect box contents for transit damage.
Ensure items are handled carefully to avoid damage.

WARNING

This equipment and packaging weighs approximately


40 kg. Care must be taken in handling and lifting, and will
require two persons.

CAUTION

To prevent the possibility of condensation build up, do not


open carton C until the equipment is to be commissioned.

Figure 1-5 Horizoncompact2 booster installation kit

Inst. 118

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Unpacking the installation kit

Unpacking the installation kit


Introduction
WARNING

The assembled Horizoncompact2 booster installation kit


weighs approximately 20 kg GSM900 and 24 kg
DCS1800.
Observe normal handling precautions when lifting and
carrying.

CAUTION

Take care to ensure the equipment is not scratched or


damaged in any way during this procedure.

Remove cartons A, B and C from the container, as shown in Figure 1-4. Inspect
the equipment immediately for damage. Report the extent of any damage to the
transport company.

Disposing of
the packing
material
To dispose of the packing material:
1.

Put the three cartons back in the shipping container.

2.

Dispose of the shipping container as advised by the in-country project


manager.
NOTE

The packaging is recycleable cardboard. It is NOT to be


returned to the factory.
Should the Horizoncompact2 booster need to be returned
to the factory at any time in the future, contact the
Motorola local office who will advise on correct
packaging.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 119

GSM-209-423

Mounting guidelines

Mounting guidelines
Introduction to
mounting
guidelines
This section provides general guidelines on mounting the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 (comprising BTS enclosure and booster).
Local specialist assistance should be sought for more specific mounting
recommendations, since detailed information on the subject is beyond the scope
of this manual.

Mounting
guidelines
Flatness of walls
The walls onto which the BTS enclosure is intended to be installed should have
no variations in depth greater than 5 mm. This criteria applies over a width of
640 mm (120 mm either side of the fixing points) and a height of 340 mm
(45 mm above and below the fixing points). The same measurements apply to
the Horizoncompact2 booster, with the exception that the walls onto which the
enclosure is intended to be installed should have no variations in depth greater
than 2 mm.
If the wall required does not meet this criteria, measures should be taken to
reduce these variations, either by modifying the wall itself to produce a flat area
or by some addition which creates a flat surface or set of points on the wall.
Any changes can alter the wall characteristics and additions can add extra
stresses. Advice should be sought on the best method of producing the flat
surface required. The wall, plus additions, must be considered strong enough by
survey to support the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 enclosure weight.

Inst. 120

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Mounting guidelines

Mounting surfaces
Table 1-10 shows fixing design and specifications for different types of mounting
surface. Ideally, the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 should be fixed to a
Group A (i) material.
Table 1-10 Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 fixing material specifications
Group
or
category

Description of material

Mounting guidelines

Group A
(i)

Concrete, brickwork, stonework, The uppermost fixings should have


dense aggregate blockwork
the weight of at least 600 mm of
and reconstituted stone.
solid construction above them.

Group A
(ii)

Lightweight, blockwork (solid),


lightweight precast concrete
units (solid).

Group A
(iii)

Hollow brickwork, hollow clay


pots and tiles, hollow concrete
units.

Group A
general

The fixings should not penetrate more than 70 mm, or less than
50 mm. Construction should be of at least 100 mm thickness.
11 mm diameter clearance holes are provided in the wall brackets.

Group B
(i)

Renders and mortars applied


directly to backgrounds in
Group A, with or without
surface tiles and mosaics.

Where the surface materials are up


to 50 mm thick, add 300 mm to the
height of construction above the
highest fixing specified for Group A.

Group B
(ii)

Renders and mortars applied


directly to backgrounds in
Group A, with or without
intermediate insulation.

Where the standoff from the face of


the background to the face of the
cladding is between 50 mm and
100 mm, check first that vapour
barriers or sealed cavities will not
be damaged. Add 600 mm to the
heights of construction above the
highest fixing specified for Group A.

Group C

Composite lightweight
cladding panels, metal
cladding and sheeting over
steel or timber framing.

Group D

Group E

The uppermost fixings should


have the weight of at least
900 mm of solid construction
above
b
them.
th

In general, it is not recommended


that the BTS is fixed to these
claddings. Apart from the inherent
weakness of these materials,
penetration
t ti off such
h claddings
l ddi
can
Curtain walling and windows
cause cold bridging, moisture
with glass, metal, plastic or
ingress and loss of insulating
other lightweight sheet
properties. Where these claddings
materials, with or without
have an external support frame
insulation.
capable
ca
able of su
supporting
orting the BTS, it
Cavity construction of two
may be possible to fix to it. The
substantially independent
specialist advice of the cladding
leaves of construction,
system manufacturer must be
consisting of an inner leaf of
sought if such a fixing is
Group A materials and an outer contemplated.
leaf of Group C or D materials.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 121

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

Example layouts
Refer to the following installation layout examples before proceeding with wall
bracket or pole mounting procedures.

Horizonmicro2 power and RF cabling using a wall duct


Figure 1-6 shows Horizonmicro2 power and RF cabling using a wall duct.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.

AC SUPPLY
CONNECTOR

OPTIONAL
INTERNAL
ANTENNA

RX/TX CABLE
CONNECTOR

RX/TX CABLE
EXTERNAL
ANTENNA

NETWORK
LINES

DUCT (NOT
PROVIDED)

Figure 1-6 Horizonmicro2 power and RF cabling using a wall duct

Inst. 122

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

Horizonmicro2 power and RF cabling using upper and lower wall


ducts
Figure 1-7 shows a Horizonmicro2 power and RF cabling using upper and lower
wall ducts.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.

DUCT (NOT
PROVIDED)

AC SUPPLY
CONNECTOR

RX/TX
CABLE
(EXTERNAL
ANTENNA)
RX/TX CABLE
CONNECTOR

OPTIONAL
INTERNAL
ANTENNA

NETWORK
LINES

DUCT (NOT
PROVIDED)

Figure 1-7 Horizonmicro2 power and RF cabling using upper and lower wall
ducts

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 123

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

Horizonmicro2 pole mounting (back to back)


Figure 1-8 shows a Horizonmicro2 pole mount back to back installation.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.

Horizonmicro2
Horizonmicro2
INTERNAL
ANTENNA
INTERNAL
ANTENNA

NETWORK
LINES

NETWORK
LINES

AC SUPPLY
CABLE
AC SUPPLY
CABLE

Figure 1-8 Horizonmicro2 example layout, pole mount back to back

Inst. 124

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

GSM900 Horizoncompact2 and booster mounting using a wall duct


Figure 1-9 shows a GSM900 Horizoncompact2 and booster unit installation
using a wall duct.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.

Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER

ALARMS CONNECTOR

AC SUPPLY
CONNECTOR

ALARMS CABLE
AC POWER CABLE
AC SUPPLY CONNECTOR

Horizoncompact2
BTS

NETWORK LINES

ALARMS CABLE

DUCT
(NOT PROVIDED)

Figure 1-9 GSM900 Horizoncompact2 and booster layout, using wall duct

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 125

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

GSM900 Horizoncompact2 and booster RF cabling using a wall


duct
Figure 1-10 shows RF cabling for a GSM900 Horizoncompact2 and booster unit
using a wall duct.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.
ANT2 CABLE

ANT1 CABLE

Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER

TX2 CONNECTOR
SLAVE (N-type)

ANT1 CONNECTOR (N-type)

ANT2 CONNECTOR (N-type)


RX CONNECTOR (N-type)
TX1 CONNECTOR
MASTER (N-type)
WHITE

BLUE

RED

Horizoncompact2
BTS

RX CABLE
CONNECTOR
(N-type)

TX2 CABLE
CONNECTOR
SLAVE (N-type)

TX1 CABLE
CONNECTOR
MASTER (N-type)

DUCT (NOT
PROVIDED)

Figure 1-10 GSM900 Horizoncompact2 and booster unit RF cabling using wall
duct

Inst. 126

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

GSM900 Horizoncompact2 and booster RF cabling using part of a


wall duct
Figure 1-11 shows RF cabling for a GSM900 Horizoncompact2 using part of a
wall duct.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.
ANT2 CABLE

ANT1 CABLE

Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER
TX2 CABLE
CONNECTOR SLAVE
(N-type)
ANT1 CONNECTOR
(N-type)

ANT2 CONNECTOR
(N-type)
TX1 CABLE
CONNECTOR
MASTER (N-type)

WHITE

RX CONNECTOR
(N-type)
2 m CABLE
BLUE
RED

RX CABLE
CONNECTOR
(N-type)

Horizoncompact2
BTS

TX1 CABLE
CONNECTOR
MASTER (N-type)

TX2 CABLE
CONNECTOR
SLAVE (N-type)

DUCT (NOT
PROVIDED)

Figure 1-11 GSM900 Horizoncompact2 RF cabling using part of wall duct


Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 127

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

GSM900 Horizoncompact2 and booster power and alarm cabling


using a wall duct
Figure 1-12 shows a GSM900 Horizoncompact2 and booster unit power and
alarm cabling using a wall duct.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.

Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER

ALARMS
CONNECTOR

AC SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
AC POWER
CABLE
ALARMS
CABLE

AC SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
DUCT (NOT
PROVIDED)

Horizoncompact2
BTS

NETWORK LINES
AC SUPPLY
CABLES

ALARMS CABLE

Figure 1-12 GSM900 Horizoncompact2 and booster unit power and alarm
cabling using wall duct

Inst. 128

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

GSM900 Horizoncompact2 and booster RF cabling using a wall


duct
Figure 1-13 shows RF cabling for a GSM900 Horizoncompact2 and booster unit
using a wall duct.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.
ANT1 CABLE

ANT2 CABLE

Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER

ANT1 CABLE
CONNECTOR
(N-type)

TX2 CABLE
CONNECTOR
SLAVE (N-type)
TX1 CABLE
CONNECTOR
(N-type)

WHITE

BLUE

RED

ANT2 CABLE
CONNECTOR
(N-type)
RX CABLE
CONNECTOR
(N-type)

Horizoncompact2
BTS

RX CABLE
CONNECTOR
(N-type)

TX2 CABLE
CONNECTOR
SLAVE (N-type)
TX1 CABLE
CONNECTOR
MASTER (N-type)
DUCT (NOT
PROVIDED)
RX CABLE
TX2 CABLE
TX1 CABLE

Figure 1-13 GSM900 Horizoncompact2 and booster unit RF cabling using wall
duct
Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 129

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 and booster power and alarm cabling


using a wall duct
Figure 1-14 shows DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 power and alarm cabling using a
wall duct.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.

Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER
AC SUPPLY CONNECTOR
ALARMS CONNECTOR

AC SUPPLY CABLE
ALARMS CABLE
AC SUPPLY CONNECTOR

Horizoncompact2
BTS

NETWORK LINES

ALARMS CABLE
UNDERSIDE VIEW

DUCT (NOT PROVIDED)

Figure 1-14 DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 power and alarm cabling using wall
duct

Inst. 130

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 and booster RF cabling using a wall


duct
Figure 1-15 shows DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 RF cabling using a wall duct.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.

ANT1 CABLE

ANT2 CABLE

Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER
TX1 CABLE CONNECTOR
MASTER (N-type)
RX CABLE
CONNECTOR (N-type)

ANT2 CONNECTOR (N-type)


ANT1 CONNECTOR (N-type)
TX2 CABLE CONNECTOR SLAVE
(N-type)
WHITE

BLUE

RED

Horizoncompact2
BTS
RX CABLE
CONNECTOR
(N-type)

TX2 CABLE
CONNECTOR
SLAVE (N-type)

TX1 CABLE
CONNECTOR
MASTER (N-type)

DUCT (NOT
PROVIDED)

Figure 1-15 DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 RF cabling using wall duct


Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 131

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 and booster RF cabling using part of a


wall duct
Figure 1-16 shows DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 RF cabling using part of a wall
duct.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.

ANT1 CABLE

ANT2 CABLE

Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER
TX1 CABLE
CONNECTOR MASTER
(N-type)

RX CABLE
CONNECTOR (N-type)

ANT2 CONNECTOR (N-type)


ANT1 CONNECTOR (N-type)
TX2 CABLE CONNECTOR
SLAVE (N-type)
2 m CABLE

WHITE
BLUE
RED

RX CABLE
CONNECTOR
(N-type)

Horizoncompact2
BTS

TX2 CABLE
CONNECTOR SLAVE
(N-type)
TX1 CABLE
CONNECTOR
MASTER (N-type)

DUCT (NOT
PROVIDED)

Figure 1-16 DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 RF cabling using part of wall duct

Inst. 132

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 and booster power and alarm cabling


using pole duct
Figure 1-17 shows DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 power and alarm cabling using
pole duct.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.

Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER

AC SUPPLY
CONNECTOR

ALARMS
CONNECTOR
ALARMS
CABLE
AC SUPPLY
CABLE

AC SUPPLY
CONNECTOR
DUCT (NOT
PROVIDED)

Horizoncompact2
BTS

NETWORK LINES
AC SUPPLY CABLES

ALARMS CABLE

Figure 1-17 DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 power and alarm cabling using pole
duct
Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 133

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 and booster RF cabling using pole


duct
Figure 1-18 shows DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 RF cabling using pole duct.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.

ANT1 CABLE

ANT2 CABLE

Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER

TX1 CABLE
CONNECTOR MASTER
(N-type)

RX CONNECTOR
(N-type)
TX2 CABLE
CONNECTOR SLAVE
N-type)

WHITE

BLUE

ANT2 CONNECTOR (N-type)


ANT1 CONNECTOR (N-type)

RED

Horizoncompact2
BTS

RX CABLE
CONNECTOR (N-type)

TX2 CABLE
CONNECTOR SLAVE
(N-type)
TX1 CABLE
CONNECTOR MASTER
(N-type)
DUCT (NOT
PROVIDED)
RX CABLE
TX2 CABLE
TX1 CABLE

Figure 1-18 DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 RF cabling using pole duct

Inst. 134

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 and booster RF cabling without pole


duct
Figure 1-19 shows DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 RF cabling without pole duct.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.
ANT1 CABLE

ANT2 CABLE

Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER

TX1 CABLE
CONNECTOR
MASTER (N-type)
RX CABLE CONNECTOR
(N-type)
TX2 CABLE
CONNECTOR
SLAVE (N-type)

ANT2 CONNECTOR (N-type)

ANT1 CONNECTOR (N-type)

RED
WHITE

BLUE

Horizoncompact2
BTS

RX CABLE CONNECTOR
(N-type)

TX2 CABLE CONNECTOR


SLAVE (N-type)

TX1 CABLE CONNECTOR


MASTER (N-type)
DUCT (NOT
PROVIDED)

Figure 1-19 DCS1800 Horizoncompact2 RF cabling without pole duct

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 135

GSM-209-423

Example layouts

Horizoncompact2 and booster back to back pole mounting


Figure 1-20 shows the power and RF cabling for Horizoncompact2 and booster
when mounted back to back on a pole.
WARNING

This information must be read in conjunction with the


safety issues described elsewhere in this manual.

ANTENNA
CONNECTOR

Horizoncompact2
BTS

Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER

ALARMS CABLE

RF CABLES

ALARMS CABLE

AC SUPPLY CABLE

DUCT (NOT
PROVIDED)
RF CABLES
AC SUPPLY CABLE

Figure 1-20 Power and RF cabling for Horizoncompact2 and booster when
pole mounted back to back

Inst. 136

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Mounting the BTS wall bracket

Mounting the BTS wall bracket


Introduction to
mounting the
wall bracket
The Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS enclosure is wall mounted using a
custom mounting bracket. This procedure provides information on mounting the
wall bracket to the allocated position on the wall. It is necessary to mount the
wall bracket before installing a Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS or any
associated cabling.
CAUTION

It is recommended that local assistance is sought to


determine the correct type of fixing for the mounting site
material.
Refer to the Mounting guidelines section for material
classification and fixing guidelines.
Bolts should be tightened to the specified torque using a
torque wrench. The torque values should be chosen to
suit the wall material and the total weight of the
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 installation.

Tools
Mounting the wall bracket on a wall
This procedure requires the following tools:


Heavy duty hammer drill.

Masonry drill bits, of suitable diameter, 150 mm deep (or as required).

Roll of insulating tape (or similar).

Spirit level.

Ratchet with suitable diameter socket.

Torque wrench.

Mounting the wall bracket on a pole


This procedure requires the following tools:


Spirit level.

Ruler.

Pole mount banding tool.

Hammer.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 137

GSM-209-423

Mounting the BTS wall bracket

Preparing the
tools
Gather all required tools prior to ascending ladder or hydraulic lift cage.
NOTE

Use of a tool belt is recommended.

Drilling holes
for the
mounting bolts
To drill the holes for the mounting bolts:

Inst. 138

1.

Seek local advice on the depth to drill the holes in the wall, then place
tape on the drills to the required drilling depth.

2.

Carefully position the wall bracket over the mounting point, in accordance
with the site plan. Ensure the wall bracket is level using the spirit level.

3.

Use the wall bracket to mark the location of each of the three mounting
holes (see Figure 1-22).
WARNING

Wear safety glasses and a dust mask when drilling holes.

CAUTION

Drilling masonry and brickwork produces dust, which is


harmful to equipment and wiring.
Protect the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 and any
nearby equipment from dust.
Use a waterproof, cloth or plastic sheeting to cover
exposed equipment.
Clean up any accumulated debris from the installation
area carefully before uncovering the equipment.

4.

Drill the holes to the recommended depths.

5.

Insert the recommended wall fixings.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Mounting the BTS wall bracket

Wall mounting
To mount the wall bracket:
1.

How are the cable inputs to be routed to the wall bracket:


If ...

Then ...

By conduit

Go to step 2

No conduit

Go to step 4

2.

Locate the conduit termination bracket and fixings from installation kit
carton A.

3.

Referencing Figure 1-21, place the conduit bracket on the front face of
the wall bracket and attach using the two M8 screws, plain and spring
washers and nuts provided. Attach from rear using the screws supplied.

WALL BRACKET

CONDUIT TERMINATION
BRACKET

Figure 1-21 Fixing the conduit termination bracket


4.

Move the wall bracket to the installation point on the wall.


NOTE

There are three mounting holes on the wall bracket. Refer


to Figure 1-22 for the locations.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 139

GSM-209-423

Mounting the BTS wall bracket

5.

Align the holes in the wall bracket with the wall fixings. 11 mm diameter
clearance holes are provided in the bracket.

6.

Secure the wall bracket loosely to the wall using all three fixings.

7.

Tighten all three fixings to the required torque.


NOTE

The torque is dependent upon the type of material the wall


bracket is mounted on and the type of fixings used. Seek
local specialist assistance if necessary to determine the
required torque.

Figure 1-22 shows an Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 wall bracket.


WALL
BRACKET

WALL BRACKET
FIXINGS

Figure 1-22 Mounting the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 wall bracket

Inst. 140

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Mounting the BTS wall bracket

Pole mounting
To mount the wall bracket on a pole follow the procedures given below.

Mounting the wall bracket


1.

Decide how the cable inputs are to be routed to the wall bracket:
If ...

Then ...

By conduit

Go to step 2

Not by conduit

Go to step 4

2.

Locate the conduit termination bracket and fixings from installation kit
carton A.

3.

Locate and secure the conduit termination bracket to the wall bracket
(refer to Figure 1-21) using the two M6 screws and washers (plain and
spring) provided.

4.

Locate pole mounting fittings from installation kit carton A.

5.

Referencing Figure 1-23 and Figure 1-24, proceed as follows:


Step

Action

a.

Fit the long C channel, using four M6 screws and spring washers,
to the top crossbar of the wall mounting bracket, using T30
tamperproof bit.

b.

Fit the short C channel, using two M6 screws and spring


washers, to the bottom crossbar of the wall mounting bracket,
using T30 tamperproof bit.

c.

Fit and centralize a clamping bracket to each of the C channels.

C CHANNEL

Figure 1-23 Completed pole mounting of wall bracket


Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 141

GSM-209-423

Mounting the BTS wall bracket

Fitting the bucklestraps


1.

With reference to Figure 1-24, thread a bucklestrap, with ears towards the
wall bracket, through each clamping bracket.
WALL
BRACKET

EARS

BUCKLE

LONG C CHANNEL

BUCKLESTRAP

SHORT C CHANNEL

CLAMPING BRACKETS

Figure 1-24 Bucklestrap detail


2.

Position and hold the wall bracket at the installation point on the pole,
using the tie wrap provided from installation kit carton A.

3.

Pass the top bucklestrap around the pole and up through the buckle,
twice.
NOTE

4.

Inst. 142

The buckle must be positioned such that there is sufficient


clearance (minimum 330 mm long by 220 mm wide) to
enable manipulation of the clamping tool in step 2.

Pull on the loose end of the bucklestrap until the wall bracket sits lightly on
the pole.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Mounting the BTS wall bracket

Using the clamping tool


1.

With reference to Figure 1-25, prepare the clamping tool by ensuring that
the handle is at the end of the thread and the gripper block is close to the
nose of the tool.
CUTTER LEVER

NOSE

HANDLE

GRIPPER
BLOCK

GRIPPER
LEVER

Figure 1-25 Clamping tool


2.

To use the clamping tool, (with reference to Figure 1-25):


Step

Action

a.

Holding the tool in the left hand, with the gripper lever uppermost,
thread the bucklestrap through both the nose and gripper lever
block.

b.

Push the nose of the tool against the buckle and grip the
bucklestrap by applying thumb pressure on the gripper lever.

c.

Keeping the applied thumb pressure on the gripper lever, tension


the bucklestrap by turning the handle clockwise.

d.

Swing the tool over the buckle, while maintaining bucklestrap


tension.
NOTE: This movement increases the tension on the bucklestrap
and, to avoid breakage, the handle must be reversed slightly as
the tool is swung over.

e.

Cut the bucklestrap by pulling on the cutter lever, and slide tool
off in the same position or tension will be lost.

3.

With reference to Figure 1-24, hammer down the ears over the cut and
flattened bucklestrap.

4.

Using a spirit level, verify that the wall bracket is positioned straight and
level.

5.

Repeat from step 3 in Fitting the bucklestraps to step 4 in Using the


clamping tool for the bottom clamping bracket.

6.

Cut the tie wrap.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 143

GSM-209-423

Mounting the booster wall bracket

Mounting the booster wall bracket


Introduction to
mounting the
booster
The Horizoncompact2 booster is mounted onto the wall using a custom
mounting bracket. This procedure provides information on mounting the wall
bracket to the allocated position on the wall. It is necessary to mount the wall
bracket before installing an Horizoncompact2 booster or any associated cabling.
CAUTION

It is recommended that local assistance is sought to


determine the correct type of fixing for the mounting site
material.
Refer to the Mounting guidelines section for material
classification and fixing guidelines.
Bolts should be tightened to the specified torque using a
torque wrench. The torque values should be chosen to
suit the wall material and the total weight of the
Horizoncompact2 booster installation.

Tools
Mounting the Horizoncompact2 booster wall bracket on a wall
This procedure requires the following tools:


Heavy duty hammer drill.

Masonry drill bits, of suitable diameter, 150 mm deep (or as required).

Roll of insulating tape (or similar).

Spirit level.

Ratchet with suitable diameter socket.

Torque wrench.

Mounting the Horizoncompact2 booster wall bracket on a pole


This procedure requires the following tools:

Inst. 144

Spirit level.

Ruler.

Pole mount banding tool.

Hammer.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Mounting the booster wall bracket

Preparing the
tools
Assemble all required tools prior to ascending ladder or hydraulic lift cage.
NOTE

Use of a tool belt is recommended.

Drilling holes
for the
mounting bolts
To drill the holes for the mounting bolts:
1.

Seek local advice on the depth to drill the holes in the wall, then place
tape on the drills to the required drilling depth.

2.

Carefully position the wall bracket over the mounting point, in accordance
with the site plan. Ensure the wall bracket is level using the spirit level.

3.

Use the wall bracket to mark the location of each of the four mounting
holes (see Figure 1-27).
WARNING

Wear safety glasses and a dust mask when drilling holes.

CAUTION

Drilling masonry and brickwork produces dust, which is


harmful to equipment and wiring.
Protect the Horizoncompact2, booster and any nearby
equipment from dust.
Use a waterproof, cloth, or plastic sheeting to cover
exposed equipment.
Clean up any accumulated debris from the installation
area carefully before uncovering the equipment.

4.

Drill the holes to the recommended depths.

5.

Insert the recommended wall fixings.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 145

GSM-209-423

Mounting the booster wall bracket

Wall mounting
To mount the wall bracket:
1.

How are the cable inputs to be routed to the wall bracket:


If ...

Then ...

By conduit

Go to step 2

No conduit

Go to step 4

2.

Locate conduit termination bracket and fixings from the installation kit
carton A.

3.

Referencing Figure 1-26, 2 x M8 screws are located on the conduit


bracket (they are attached to fixed M8 nuts). Remove the screws from the
conduit bracket. Place the conduit bracket behind the bottom front lip of
the wall bracket and attach using the two M8 screws then tighten to the
required torque.

Figure 1-26 Fixing the conduit termination bracket (GSM900 version shown)

Inst. 146

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Mounting the booster wall bracket

4.

As the wall bracket weights approximately 4 kg, care should be taken


when handling. Move the wall bracket to the installation point on the wall.
There are four mounting holes on the wall bracket. Refer to Figure 1-27 for
the locations.

5.

Align the holes in the wall bracket with the wall fixings. 11 mm diameter
clearance holes are provided in the bracket.

6.

Secure the wall bracket loosely to the wall using all four fixings.

7.

Tighten all four fixings to the required torque.


NOTE

The torque depends upon the type of material the wall


bracket is mounted on and the type of fixings used. Seek
local specialist assistance if necessary to determine the
required torque.

Figure 1-27 shows a diagram of the booster bracket.

WALL BRACKET

WALL BRACKET
FIXINGS

Figure 1-27 Mounting the booster wall bracket (GSM900 version shown)
Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 147

GSM-209-423

Mounting the booster wall bracket

Pole mounting
To mount the wall bracket on a pole, follow the procedure given below.

Mounting the wall bracket


1.

Decide how the cable inputs are to be routed to the wall bracket:
Then ...

If ...
By conduit

Go to step 2

No conduit

Go to step 4

2.

Locate conduit termination bracket and fixings from the installation kit
carton A.

3.

Referencing Figure 1-26 and Figure 1-28, 2 x M8 screws are located on


the conduit bracket (they are attached to fixed M8 nuts). Remove the
screws from the conduit bracket. Place the conduit bracket behind the
bottom front lip of the wall bracket, and attach using the two M8 screws,
then tighten to the required torque.

4.

As the wall bracket weights approximately 4 kg, care should be taken


when handling. Locate pole mounting fittings from installation kit carton A.

5.

Referencing Figure 1-28 and Figure 1-29, proceed as follows:


Step

Action

a.

Fit the top long C channel with clamping bracket, using three M6
screws and spring washers, to the top section of the wall
mounting bracket, using T30 tamperproof bit.

b.

Fit the bottom long C channel with clamping bracket, using three
M6 screws and spring washers, to the bottom section of the wall
mounting bracket, using T30 tamperproof bit.

TOP LONG C CHANNEL

BOTTOM LONG C CHANNEL


6 x M6 NUT (fitted with tamperproof socket)
AND WASHER

Figure 1-28 Completed pole mounting of wall bracket (GSM900 version shown)

Inst. 148

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Mounting the booster wall bracket

Fitting the bucklestraps


1.

Referencing Figure 1-29, thread a bucklestrap, with ears towards the wall
bracket, through each clamping bracket.
WALL
BRACKET

EARS

M6 SCREW AND
WASHER

LONG C CHANNEL

BUCKLE

BUCKLESTRAP

CLAMPING BRACKETS

Figure 1-29 Bucklestrap detail


2.

Position and hold the wall bracket at the installation point on the pole,
using the tie wrap provided from installation kit carton A.

3.

Pass the top bucklestrap around the pole and up through the buckle,
twice.
NOTE

4.

The buckle must be positioned such that there is sufficient


clearance (minimum 330 mm long by 220 mm wide) to
enable manipulation of the clamping tool in step 2.

Pull on the loose end of the bucklestrap until the wall bracket sits lightly on
the pole.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 149

GSM-209-423

Mounting the booster wall bracket

Using the clamping tool


1.

With reference to Figure 1-30, prepare the clamping tool by ensuring that
the handle is at the end of the thread and the gripper block is close to the
nose of the tool.
CUTTER LEVER

NOSE

HANDLE

GRIPPER
BLOCK

GRIPPER
LEVER

Figure 1-30 Clamping tool


2.

Inst. 150

To use the clamping tool (Figure 1-30), follow these procedures:


Step

Action

a.

Holding the tool in the left hand with the gripper lever uppermost,
thread the bucklestrap through both the nose and gripper lever
block.

b.

Push the nose of the tool against the buckle and grip the
bucklestrap by applying thumb pressure on the gripper lever.

c.

Keeping the applied thumb pressure on the gripper lever, tension


the bucklestrap by turning the handle clockwise.

d.

Swing the tool over the buckle, while maintaining bucklestrap


tension.
NOTE: This movement increases the tension on the bucklestrap
and, to avoid breakage, the handle must be reversed slightly as
the tool is swung over.

e.

Cut the bucklestrap by pulling on the cutter lever and slide tool
off in the same position or tension will be lost.

3.

Referencing Figure 1-29, hammer down the ears over the cut and
flattened bucklestrap.

4.

Using a spirit level, verify that the wall bracket is positioned straight and
level.

5.

Repeat from step 3 in Fitting the bucklestraps to step 4 in Using the


clamping tool for the bottom clamping bracket.

6.

Cut the tie wrap.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Power and earth cabling

Power and earth cabling


Introduction to
power and earth
cabling
This section provides the required specifications of ac power supply isolation,
cabling, and cable routeing to be provided for the Horizonmicro2 and
Horizoncompact2 enclosures. Use national regulations or refer to Requirements
for Electrical Installations (16th Edition) BS 7671 (IEC364). The Horizonmicro2
and Horizoncompact2 has been designed to be connected to a Terra Neutral
(TN) ac supply network only (this is a system of having one or more points of the
source of energy directly earthed, the exposed conductive parts of the
installation being connected to that point by protective conductors).

AC isolator
An ac overcurrent circuit breaker and residual current device (RCD) must be
used in the ac power supply feed to the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2
enclosure. This circuit breaker should be of dual pole type, with sufficient
contactor gap to be used as an isolator, and should meet the requirements of
standard EN 60898.
The maximum power requirement current rating is:


4 A at 230 V ac heaters on.

8 A at 110 V ac heaters on.

Power cabling
thermal
properties
Materials and installations method should comply with REC or national
standards. Where no suitable requirements exist, the thermal properties of
cabling used to supply power must meet the following specifications:

Cable type
3-core power cable, either armoured or conduit routed, chosen to be suitable for
the operating environment. This must be used to ensure the connector cable
gland seals correctly.

Maximum conductor temperature


Continuous operation: +105 C.
Emergency operation: +130 C (max. 125 hours/year).
Short circuit condition: +160 C (max. 5 seconds).

Resistance to flame
The cabling used to supply power should be of low-smoke halogen-free
classification, with flame-retardant properties and with resistance to flame tested
to IEC 332-3 (IEC 332-1).
Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 151

GSM-209-423

Power and earth cabling

Cable routeing
WARNING

Do not make ac input power connections at the main ac


power source at this time.

An adequate means should be provided for routeing cables from the main
power source to the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 enclosure. To prevent
the possibility of damage to exposed cables, Motorola recommends that ac
power cables are armoured or routed inside a conduit.
NOTE

Inst. 152

The E1 link must be routed to the Horizonmicro2 or


Horizoncompact2 enclosure in a separate conduit from the
ac power cable.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing BTS enclosure power and earth cabling

Installing BTS enclosure power and earth cabling


Introduction to
installing BTS
power and earth
cabling
The Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 enclosure must
be earthed with a conductor which complies with the
requirements for the protection from electric shock, as
specified in national regulations or refer to Requirements
for Electrical Installations (16th Edition) BS 7671 (IEC364).
Consideration should also be made on the lightning
protection earthing requirements.
Equipment earths should not be daisy chained together.

WARNING

This section describes the procedure for routeing power and earth cabling to the
wall bracket prior to installation of the chassis.

Tools
This procedure requires the following tools:


Screwdriver set.

Wire stripping tool.

Crimping tool.

Small hacksaw.

AC power
schematic
Figure 1-31 shows a schematic of the ac supply power installation.
CUSTOMER AC
ISOLATOR

Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER

(IF APPLICABLE)

AC POWER
CONNECTOR

CUSTOMER CABLE TO
REQUIRED LENGTH

Horizonmicro2 OR
Horizoncompact2 BTS

Figure 1-31 Schematic of ac supply power installation


Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 153

GSM-209-423

Installing BTS enclosure power and earth cabling

AC power
connector
The ac power connector is supplied with a seal. The connections are:
WARNING

Local regulations may apply for different power cable


colours.

1 is the neutral cable, coloured blue or black.

2 is the live power cable, coloured brown or red.

EARTH (top socket) is the earth cable, coloured green and yellow.

3 is not used.
WARNING

If the installation being carried out is to be completed at a


later date (only the wall mounting bracket being installed)
care should be taken to ensure that no ac power
connections are left live. Ensure that an indication of the
state of ac terminations is left with the unit by taping off
potential live cables and by a clear warning label. The
source should be isolated and locked and a warning label
attached.

Figure 1-32 shows the ac power connector in detail.

CONNECT BLOCK

METAL RUBBER
WASHER WASHER

SCREW

EARTH
(GREEN AND YELLOW)
AC SUPPLY CABLE

SOCKET CONNECTOR FROM


SUPPLY CABLE TO ATTACH AS
SHOWN

EARTH (GREEN
AND YELLOW)

LIVE
(BROWN OR RED)
AC POWER PLUG ON
Horizonmicro2 OR
AC POWER SOCKET
Horizoncompact2
EARTH
(GREEN AND
YELLOW)

NEUTRAL
(BLUE OR BLACK)
NEUTRAL
(BLUE OR BLACK)

(NOT USED)

(NOT USED)

Figure 1-32 AC power socket and plug

Inst. 154

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing BTS enclosure power and earth cabling

AC power
connector
procedure
Proceed as follows to attach the ac power connector to the customer cable:
WARNING

Ensure the mains ac power supply input has been safely


isolated, so that there is no risk of power being applied to
the cable during this procedure. The source should be
isolated and locked, and warning label attached.

1.

Remove the connector cover.

2.

Connect the cables as indicated in Figure 1-32.

3.

Refit the connector cover, ensuring that the seal is correctly located and
the cable gland is tightened.

Earth
connection
points
Figure 1-33 provides a view of the wall bracket, showing the main earthing
point.

WALL BRACKET EARTH CABLE


AWAITING CONNECTION TO
CHASSIS

Figure 1-33 Wall bracket, showing earth connection point


Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 155

GSM-209-423

Installing BTS enclosure power and earth cabling

Installing the
power and
E1/HDSL cable
conduits
Figure 1-34 provides a view of the power and E1/HDSL conduits, attached to
the conduit termination bracket.

WALL
BRACKET

WALL BRACKET EARTH


TERMINAL
CONDUIT TERMINATION
BRACKET
21 mm DIAMETER

TIP OF
CONDUITS

21 mm DIAMETER

CONDUIT FOR AC POWER


CONDUIT FOR E1/HDSL CABLE(S)
NOTE: THE AC POWER AND E1/HDSL CABLES ARE NOT SHOWN.
CONDUIT CABLES AND GLANDS ARE NOT SUPPLIED.

Figure 1-34 Attaching the conduits to the conduit termination bracket


CAUTION

Inst. 156

To prevent water ingress into the conduit, an appropriate


silicone sealant must be applied to the tip of the conduit
cable and gland. Silicone sealant should also be applied
to all exposed armoured shielding on the ac power cable
to prevent water ingress.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing BTS enclosure power and earth cabling

Routeing the ac power cable to the wall bracket


To install the conduit and attach to the conduit termination bracket:
WARNING

If the installation being carried out is to be completed at a


later date (only the wall mounting bracket being installed)
care should be taken to ensure that no ac power
connections are left live. Ensure that an indication of the
state of ac terminations is left with the unit by taping off
potential live cables and by a clear warning label. The
source should be isolated and locked, and a warning label
attached.

1.

Measure the length of cable conduit required to connect the wall bracket
to the ac supply power isolator, and cut the conduit to this length.

2.

Route the conduit from the ac power isolator to the wall bracket.

3.

Connect the conduit to the conduit termination bracket.

4.

Feed the ac power cable through the conduit, but do not connect the
cables to the isolator at this time.
NOTE

The conduit termination bracket is attached to the bottom


of the wall bracket. See Figure 1-34 for a view of the
conduit termination bracket.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 157

Installing BTS enclosure power and earth cabling

GSM-209-423

Connecting
cables to the ac
power supply
isolator
An upstream ac supply isolator must be fitted and installed complying with
regional electric company (REC) requirements or national requirements. Where
no suitable requirements exist in order to connect the earth, live and neutral
cables to the power supply isolator:
WARNING

1.

Remove the screws and washers securing the ac terminal block insulated
cover, and remove the cover.

2.

If armoured cable is used, secure the screen at the entry gland.


WARNING

Inst. 158

Ensure the mains ac power supply input isolator switch is


in the OFF position before proceeding.
If the installation being carried out is to be completed at a
later date (only the wall mounting bracket being installed)
care should be taken to ensure that no ac power
connections are left live. Ensure that an indication of the
state of ac terminations is left with the unit by taping off
potential live cables and by a clear warning label. The
source should be isolated and locked and a warning label
attached.

Local regulations may apply for different power cable


colours.

3.

Connect the earth ac cable (green/yellow) to the earth point in the ac


power input isolator and secure.

4.

Connect the live ac cable (brown or red) to the live connection in the ac
input isolator and secure.

5.

Connect the neutral ac cable (blue or black), to the neutral connection in


the ac power input isolator and secure.

6.

Refit and secure the terminal block insulated cover and refit the screws
and washers.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing BTS enclosure power and earth cabling

Connecting the
site main earth
The main site earth is to be connected to the wall bracket and then a jumper
cable connected to the main earth stud on the chassis.
To connect the main site earth to the wall bracket:
1.

Route a cable from the site main earth to the wall bracket.

2.

Strip approximately 10 mm of the insulation from the end of the site main
earth cable to expose the bare copper conductor.

3.

Crimp an M8 post connector to the main earth conductor.

4.

Fit a star washer over the M8 main earthing stud, located on the bottom
edge of the wall bracket.

5.

Place the earth post connector over the M8 main earthing stud, located on
the bottom edge of the wall bracket.
NOTE

6.

Figure 1-34 shows the location of the wall bracket main


earthing stud.

Fit a star washer and M8 nut over the top of the connector onto the main
earthing stud and tighten to a torque of 10 Nm.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 159

GSM-209-423

Installing booster power and earth cabling

Installing booster power and earth cabling


Introduction to
booster power
and earth
cabling
This section describes the procedure for routeing power and earth cabling to the
Horizoncompact2 booster wall bracket prior to installation of the chassis.
WARNING

The booster must be earthed with a conductor which


complies with the requirements for the protection from
electric shock, as specified in national regulations or refer
to Requirements for Electrical Installations (16th Edition)
BS 7671 (IEC364). Consideration should also be made on
the lightning protection grounding requirements.
Equipment earths should not be daisy chained together.

Tools
This procedure requires the following tools:


Screwdriver set.

Wire stripping tool.

Crimping tool.

Small hacksaw.

AC power
schematic
Figure 1-35 shows a schematic of the ac power installation.
CUSTOMER MAINS
ISOLATOR

Horizoncompact2
BOOSTER
AC POWER
CONNECTOR

CUSTOMER CABLE TO
REQUIRED LENGTH

Horizoncompact2
BTS

Figure 1-35 Schematic of ac power installation

Inst. 160

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing booster power and earth cabling

AC power
connector
The ac power connector is supplied with seal. The connections are:
WARNING

Local regulations may apply for different power cable


colours.

1 is the neutral power cable, coloured blue or black.

2 is the live power cable, coloured brown or red.

EARTH (top socket) is the earth cable, coloured green and yellow.

3 is not used.
WARNING

If the installation being carried out is to be completed at a


later date (only the wall mounting bracket being installed)
care should be taken to ensure that no ac power
connections are left live. Ensure that an indication of the
state of ac terminations is left with the unit by taping off
potential live cables and by a clear warning label. The
source should be isolated and locked and a warning label
attached.

Figure 1-36 shows the booster ac power connector in detail.

CONNECT BLOCK

METAL RUBBER
WASHER WASHER

SCREW

EARTH (GREEN
AND YELLOW)
AC SUPPLY CABLE

SOCKET CONNECTOR FROM


SUPPLY CABLE TO ATTACH AS
SHOWN

EARTH (GREEN
AND YELLOW)

LIVE
(BROWN OR RED)
AC POWER PLUG ON
Horizoncompact2
AC POWER SOCKET
BOOSTER
EARTH (GREEN
AND YELLOW)

NEUTRAL
(BLUE OR BLACK)
NEUTRAL
(BLUE OR BLACK)

(NOT USED)

(NOT USED)

Figure 1-36 Booster ac socket and plug


Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 161

GSM-209-423

Installing booster power and earth cabling

AC power
connector
procedure
Proceed as follows to attach the ac power connector to the customer cable:
WARNING

Ensure the ac power supply input has been safely isolated


so that there is no risk of power being applied to the cable
during this procedure. The source should be isolated and
locked and a warning label attached.

1.

Remove the connector cover.

2.

Connect the cables as indicated in Figure 1-36.

3.

Refit the connector cover, ensuring that the seal is correctly located and
the cable gland tightened.

Earth
connection
point
Figure 1-37 provides a view of the Horizoncompact2 booster wall bracket,
showing the main earthing point.
An earth cable is attached to the wall bracket earth stud (it consists of star
washer, earth cable connector, star washer and an M8 nut (tightened to
10 Nm)). Sufficient length of earth cable is provided to attach to the
Horizoncompact2 booster stud.

EARTH CABLE
WALL BRACKET
EARTH

Figure 1-37 Booster wall bracket, showing earth connection points (GSM900
version shown)

Inst. 162

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing booster power and earth cabling

Installing the
ac power cable
If conduit is used, Figure 1-38 provides a view of the power and alarm cable
conduits, attached to the conduit termination bracket.

CONDUIT TERMINATION BRACKET

TIP OF
CONDUIT
20.5 mm DIAMETER
TIP OF
CONDUIT
16 mm DIAMETER
CONDUIT FOR AC POWER CABLE

20.5 mm DIAMETER

CONDUIT FOR ALARM CABLE


(BOX TYPE SHOWN)

NOTE: CONDUIT CABLES AND GLANDS ARE NOT SUPPLIED.

Figure 1-38 Attaching the conduits to the conduit termination bracket (GSM900
version shown)
CAUTION

To prevent water ingress in the conduit, an appropriate


silicone sealant must be applied to the tip of the conduit
cable and gland. Silicone sealant should also be applied
to all exposed armoured shielding on the ac power cable
to prevent water ingress.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 163

Installing booster power and earth cabling

GSM-209-423

Routeing the ac power cable to the wall bracket


To install the conduit and attach to the conduit termination bracket:
WARNING

1.

Measure the length of cable conduit required to connect the booster wall
bracket to the ac power isolator, and cut the conduit to this length.

2.

Route the conduit from the ac power isolator to the booster wall bracket.

3.

Connect the conduit to the conduit termination bracket.

4.

Feed the ac power cable through the conduit, but do not connect the
cables to the isolator at this time.
NOTE

Inst. 164

If the installation being carried out is to be completed at a


later date (only the wall mounting bracket being installed),
care should be taken to ensure that no ac power
connections are left floating. Ensure that an indication of
the state of ac terminations is left with the unit by taping
off potential live cables and by a clear warning label. The
source should be isolated and locked and a warning label
attached.

The conduit termination bracket is attached to the bottom


of the wall bracket. See Figure 1-38 for a view of the
conduit termination bracket.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing booster power and earth cabling

Connecting
cables to the ac
power supply
isolator
An upstream ac supply isolator must be fitted and installed complying with
regional electric company (REC) requirements or national requirements. Where
no suitable requirements exist in order to connect the earth, live and neutral
cables to the power supply isolator:
WARNING

Ensure the ac power supply input isolator switch is in the


OFF position before proceeding.
If the installation being carried out is to be completed at a
later date (only the wall mounting bracket being installed),
care should be taken to ensure that no ac power
connections are left floating. Ensure that an indication of
the state of ac terminations is left with the unit by taping
off potential live cables and by a clear warning label. The
source should be isolated and locked and a warning label
attached.

1.

Remove the screws and washers securing the ac terminal block insulated
cover and remove the cover.

2.

If armoured cable is used, secure the screen at the entry gland.


WARNING

Local regulations may apply for different power cable


colours.

3.

Connect the earth ac cable (green/yellow) to the earth point in the ac input
isolator and secure.

4.

Connect the live ac cable (brown or red) to the live connection in the ac
input isolator, and secure.

5.

Connect the neutral ac cable (blue or black), to the neutral connection in


the ac input isolator and secure.

6.

Refit and secure the terminal block insulated cover and refit the screws
and washers.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 165

Installing booster power and earth cabling

GSM-209-423

Connecting the
supplementary
earth
The supplementary earth is connected to the wall bracket as follows:
1.

Route a cable from the site main earth to the wall bracket.

2.

Strip approximately 10 mm of the insulation from the end of the site main
earth cable to expose the bare copper conductor.

3.

Crimp an M8 post connector to the main earth conductor.

4.

Fit a star washer over the M8 main earthing stud, located on the bottom
edge of the wall bracket.

5.

Place the earth post connector over the M8 main earthing stud, located on
the bottom edge of the wall bracket.
NOTE

6.

Inst. 166

Figure 1-37 shows the location of the wall bracket main


earthing stud.

Fit a star washer and M8 nut over the top of the connector onto the main
earthing stud and tighten to a torque of 10 Nm.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

External antenna cabling guidelines

External antenna cabling guidelines


External
antenna cabling
guidelines
Refer to the site specific documentation for detailed antenna configurations and
connection procedures. Observe the following guidelines when installing RF
cables:


Fabricate the RF cables on-site.

Keep the RF cables as short as possible to minimize signal losses.

RF connectors
Horizonmicro2
The Horizonmicro2 has only one Rx/Tx connector for an external antenna. The
other two connector positions are blanked off.

Horizoncompact2
The Horizoncompact2 has three RF connectors, these are used to connect the
BTS to the booster unit.


Rx.

Tx1.

Tx2.

Horizoncompact2 booster
There are five RF connectors on the Horizoncompact2 booster. Two are used
for external antenna connection, the other three are for connection to the BTS.


Antenna 1 (ANT1).

Antenna 2 (ANT2).

Rx.

Tx1.

Tx2.
NOTE

The Rx is duplexed on ANT1 with Tx1.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 167

GSM-209-423

E1/HDSL link

E1/HDSL link
Introduction to
E1/HDSL link
The following provides information on the network link cabling used in the
Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 equipment.
NOTE

The internal control signal cabling within each


Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 is assembled and
tested at the factory. No further action is necessary.

CAUTION

All cables must be armoured or routed inside armoured


conduit if there is any possibility of exposed cables to/from
the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 being damaged or
interfered with in any way.

NOTE

The end user is responsible for transient protection of the


E1 link connected to Motorola equipment.

E1/HDSL link
connections

In indoor installations, Motorola requires that all E1 link lines brought from
outside the building are spark-gap (three-anode gas tube) protected at the
building entry point. Where this is not practical, the end user may purchase an
optional transient-protection board from Motorola. Consult Motorola about
transient protection for the Horizonmicro2 Horizoncompact2 sites.
There are three ways to make line connections:


120 ohm (E1) twisted pair cable through a line termination module
mounted on the underside of the chassis, underneath the customer
interface cover.

75 ohm (E1) coaxial cable through a line termination module mounted on


the underside of the chassis, underneath the customer interface cover.

135 ohm twisted pair cable through a HDSL line interface (modem)
mounted on the underside of the chassis, underneath the customer
interface cover.

An adequate means should be provided for routeing E1/HDSL link cables from
and to the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 . To prevent the possibility of
damage to exposed cables, Motorola recommends that the E1/HDSL link cables
are routed inside a conduit.
NOTE

Inst. 168

The ac power cable is to be routed to the Horizonmicro2


or Horizoncompact2 in a separate conduit.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

E1/HDSL link

Terminology for
Tx and Rx
The use of Tx and Rx as driver/receiver designators refer to the network as
perceived by the Horizoncompact2 BTS enclosure:


Tx indicates the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS connection is


driving into the network.

Rx indicates the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS connection is


receiving from the network.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 169

GSM-209-423

Installing E1/HDSL link cabling

Installing E1/HDSL link cabling


Introduction to
installing
E1/HDSL link
cabling
This section describes the procedure for installing E1/HDSL link cabling.

Tools required
The installation procedure requires the following tools:


Screwdriver set.

Ratchet with socket set.

Wire stripping and crimping tool.

Routeing the
E1/HDSL link to
the wall bracket
To route the E1/HDSL link to the wall bracket:
1.

Feed the E1/HDSL link cable(s) through the conduit.

2.

Route the conduit from the E1/HDSL link connection point to the wall
bracket.

3.

Connect the conduit to the conduit termination bracket.

If multiple cables are used for the E1/HDSL conduit, an appropriate seal must
be used.
NOTE

The conduit termination bracket is attached to the bottom


of the wall bracket.
Cables to be used for the E1/HDSL link should be
pre-terminated with the appropriate connector(s).

E1 cabling
distance/loss
Recommended distances can only be stated in the form of cable losses:


Inst. 170

E1 links should involve cable losses of less than 6 dB.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing E1/HDSL link cabling

HDSL cabling
guidelines
HDSL cable selection
NOTE

Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTSs shipped after


31st December 2001 are not fitted with an internal HDSL
modem. A suitable external HDSL modem must be used if
a HDSL link to the BSC is required for these BTSs.
Contact the local Motorola office for assistance prior to
purchasing a HDSL modem for this purpose.

To install the twisted pair connection between the BSC cabinet and the
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS enclosures, or between two
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS enclosures, select or install suitable
twisted pair cables between the sites. This needs to comply with the following
selection guidelines:


Up to two pairs of conductors are required between the Horizonmicro2 or


Horizoncompact2 BTS and the BSC cabinet, or between two
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS enclosures. The two pairs
together comprise a single HDSL link and must share the same connector
at both ends.

Each tip and ring pair between the BSC cabinet and Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 BTS must be of a twisted construction.

The tip and ring must not be mixed between the pairs; that is, tip 1 must
not be used as a pair with ring 2.

Either unshielded twisted pair (UTP) or shielded twisted pair (STP) may be
used. Shielding may be required to comply with specific RFI requirements
at the site.

Attenuation at 260 kHz should be less than 10.5 dB/km.

HDSL recommended cable types


Some types of cable are known to perform suitably in HDSL applications,
provided they are correctly installed and the guidelines for selection and
installation are observed. Recommendations for types of cable are as follows:


Unshielded twisted pair:

BT CW1308 and equivalents.

Category 3 UTP.

Category 4 UTP.

Category 5 UTP.

Shielded twisted pair:

Category 3 STP.

Category 4 STP.

Category 5 STP.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 171

GSM-209-423

Installing E1/HDSL link cabling

Cable types not recommended


The performance of some types of cable is known to be unacceptable for HDSL
applications. The following cable types should be avoided:


Twisted quad cable is unsuitable for use in HDSL applications and must
not be used.

Drop wire that consists of two parallel conductors with supporting steel
cable. This will work with HDSL but because it is not twisted, it provides
little immunity from noise, and is therefore not recommended.

Information cable is typically of non-twisted, multicore construction, for


example ribbon cable. Its use is not recommended.

HDSL cable installation


NOTE

The cable installation must meet the HDSL recommended


cable types guidelines given above.

Follow the guidelines below if cabling does not exist between the BSC cabinet
and the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS enclosures, or between two
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS enclosures:

Inst. 172

Two conductor pairs should be connected between a single Horizonmicro2


or Horizoncompact2 BTS and the BSC, or the second Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 BTS; that is, point-to-point only, not point to multipoint.
The two pairs must share the same connector at both ends.

The use of different gauges of cable in one link should be avoided.

Bridge taps in the cable run should be avoided.

Loading coils in the cable run must be removed.

The isolation between tip and ring should be greater than 1 Mohm (at
SELV voltage levels).

The isolation between tip and earth should be greater than 1 Mohm (at
SELV voltage levels).

The isolation between ring and earth should be greater than 1 Mohm (at
SELV voltage levels).

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

Chapter 2

Installation procedures

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

GSM-209-423

ii

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Chapter 2
Installation procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of installation procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to the procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E1 link testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessing the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

i
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

21
21
21
21
22
23

BTS equipment delivery and packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 24


Chassis equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 24
Unpacking the chassis equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to the unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unpacking the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

25
25
25
25

Booster equipment delivery and packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 26


Chassis equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 26
Unpacking the booster equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to unpacking the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unpacking the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

27
27
27
27

Installing the BTS chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to installation of the BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment access procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the chassis onto the wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chassis installation diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

28
28
28
29
210
211

Connecting external cables to the enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to connecting cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting earth straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the ac power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the Horizonmicro2 antenna cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional internal antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the booster cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the E1/HDSL link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

212
212
212
213
214
216
217
218
219

Installing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to installing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fitting the solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

222
222
222
223

Battery/cover installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 224


Installing the battery and cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 224
Installing the booster chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to installing booster chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment access procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the chassis onto the wall bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

225
225
225
226
227
228

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

iii

GSM-209-423

iv

Connecting external cables to the booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to connecting booster external cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting earth straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supplementary earth connection diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the Rx, Tx and antenna cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the ac power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting up the clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the alarms cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fitting the security bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

229
229
229
230
231
232
235
236
237
237

Installing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to installing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools and equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fitting the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

240
240
240
241

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Overview of installation procedures

Overview of installation procedures


Introduction to
the procedures
This chapter provides the information required to install a Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 enclosure and its internal and external interfaces.
NOTE

Some equipment at the site may not be produced by


Motorola. Examples of such equipment may include
battery chargers, power supplies, and antennas. Refer to
site specific documentation and the vendor instructions
provided with non Motorola equipment.

Before starting an installation, prepare the site according to the description in


Chapter 1 of this category and the site specific documentation.

Installation
procedures
Installing the equipment consists of the procedures described in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1 Installation procedures
Procedure

Description

Unpacking the BTS and


booster* chassis equipment.

Provides the procedures for removing the


chassis from the packaging.

Installing the BTS and


booster* chassis.

Provides the procedures for mounting the


chassis.

Connecting power, antenna,


E1/HDSL and earth cables.

Describes external cable connections.

Fitting the battery.

The battery is packed separate from the


chassis and must be fitted after installation of
the chassis.

Installing the solar cover.

Provides the procedure for enclosing the


chassis at the completion of installation.
Covers the Horizonmicro2, Horizoncompact2
and booster.

* The booster is supplied with Horizoncompact2 only.


NOTE

All site equipment associated with the enclosure must be


completely installed before commissioning the equipment
for operation.
Equipment does not include a battery charger.

E1 link testing
If an E1 link has been provided, contact the local mobile switching centre (MSC)
and arrange to test the line back to the BSC at the earliest opportunity.
Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 21

GSM-209-423

Overview of installation procedures

Torque values
The torque values listed in Table 2-2 are to be used when installing the
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 equipment.
Table 2-2 Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 torque values
Item

Size/Type

Torque

Where

Chassis earth stud

M8 nut

10 Nm

Field only

Customer interface cover


(clamp)
Sealant cover
Strain relief clamp

M5 Torx

3.4 Nm

Field only

M5 Torx
M3 Torx

3.4 Nm
1.2 Nm

Field only
Field only

Battery/Battery cover

M5 Torx

3.4 Nm

Field only

Expansion casting

M5 Torx

3.4 Nm

Field only

Chassis/wall bracket

M8 skt hd

10 Nm

Field only

Transport handle

M6 Torx

3.4 Nm

Factory & field

M5 Torx

3.4 Nm

Field only

Chassis earth stud

M8 nut

10 Nm

Field only

Security bracket

M8 skt hd

10 Nm

Field only

Chassis/wall bracket

M8 skt hd

10 Nm

Field only

Transport handle

M8 skt hd

10 Nm

Factory & field

M5 Torx

3.4 Nm

Field only

Expansion casting

M5 Torx

3.4 Nm

Field only

Fibre cable

M5 Torx

3.4 Nm

Field only

BTS chassis

BTS cover
Solar cover/chassis
Booster chassis

Booster cover
Solar cover/chassis
Fibre optic expansion

Inst. 22

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Overview of installation procedures

Accessing the
equipment
WARNING

Observe all relevant safety requirements when working


above ground level.
It is recommended that a suitable safety harness
(EN355/European standard), attached to the cage of the
hydraulic lift via a shock absorber, is worn by all staff
working above ground level.

Hydraulic lift
WARNING

The operating instructions for the hydraulic lift should be


read before use, and all applicable warnings and cautions
should be observed.

It is recommended that a hydraulic lift is used to access the equipment if it is


mounted above ground/floor level. Consideration should be given to the
required safe lifting capacity of the hydraulic lift, allowing adequate capacity for
two people with tools, plus the equipment to be installed.

Scaffolding/platform
WARNING

The scaffolding and platform should have a stabilizer


fitted, which should be used to keep the platform stable
when in use.

Under certain circumstances, it may be more appropriate to use scaffolding, with


a platform, to access the equipment as an alternative to a hydraulic lift.
Consideration should be given to the required safe load-bearing capacity of the
scaffolding, allowing adequate capacity for two people with tools, plus the
equipment to be installed.

Ladders
WARNING

The ladders should be secured to keep them stable when


in use.

Under certain circumstances, it may be more appropriate to use ladders to


access the equipment as an alternative to a hydraulic lift. Consideration should
be given to the required safe load-bearing capacity of the ladders.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 23

BTS equipment delivery and packaging

GSM-209-423

BTS equipment delivery and packaging


Chassis
equipment
The Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 BTS chassis are delivered
pre-configured and are ready to be installed and connected.
The BTS chassis is packed in a polythene protective barrier bag for shipping
and storage. The barrier bag and desiccant should be discarded with
environmental consideration.
The BTS chassis equipment is shipped in a recycleable cardboard container.
The contents of the container are shown in Figure 2-1.

Figure 2-1 BTS chassis and shipping container (carton C)

Inst. 24

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Unpacking the chassis equipment

Unpacking the chassis equipment


Introduction to
the unpacking
The following describes the procedure for opening the shipping container and
unpacking the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 chasses. See BTS
equipment delivery and packaging for packaging details.

Tools required
This procedure requires a knife.

Unpacking the
equipment
WARNING

An equipped Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 chassis


(without battery or cover) weighs 21 kg. Fully fitted weight
can be 28 kg.
Handle with extreme care and observe normal handling
precautions when lifting and carrying.

CAUTION

Take care to ensure the equipment is not scratched or


damaged in any way while being unpacked.
The chassis should not be removed from the protective
barrier bag until the equipment is ready to be installed and
powered up.
If the protective barrier bag has been removed, and the
unit cannot be immediately installed and powered up, the
chassis should be stored in a weather protected
environment.

To remove the chassis, carry out the following procedure:


NOTE

The removal of cartons A, B and C from the shipping


container is described in Chapter 1 of this category.

1.

Cut open the sealed environmental bag containing the chassis carton C,
taking care not to damage the equipment in any way.

2.

Remove the cardboard cover, and carefully lift the chassis out of carton C.
The bag and carton C remain in the main cardboard container.

3.

Inspect the equipment immediately for damage. Report the extent of any
damage to the transport company.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 25

GSM-209-423

Booster equipment delivery and packaging

Booster equipment delivery and packaging


Chassis
equipment
The Horizoncompact2 booster chassis is delivered pre-configured and is ready
to be installed and connected.
The booster chassis is packed in a polythene protective barrier bag for shipping
and storage. The barrier bag and desiccant should be discarded with
environmental consideration.
The booster chassis equipment is shipped in a recycleable cardboard container.
The contents of the container are shown in Figure 2-2.

GSM900 VERSION SHOWN

Figure 2-2 Booster chassis and shipping container (carton C)

Inst. 26

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Unpacking the booster equipment

Unpacking the booster equipment


Introduction to
unpacking the
equipment
The following describes the procedure for dismantling the shipping container
and unpacking the Horizoncompact2 booster chassis. See Booster equipment
delivery and packaging for packaging details.

Tools required
This procedure requires a knife.

Unpacking the
equipment
WARNING

An equipped Horizonmicro2 GSM900 booster chassis


(without battery or cover) weighs 21 kg; fully fitted weight
can be 28 kg. The DCS1800 version weighs 19 kg
(without battery or cover) or 24 kg fully equipped.
Handle with extreme care and observe normal handling
precautions when lifting and carrying.

CAUTION

Take care to ensure the equipment is not scratched or


damaged in any way during this procedure.
The chassis should not be removed from the protective
barrier bag until the equipment is ready to be installed and
powered up.
If the protective barrier bag has been removed and the
unit cannot be immediately installed and powered up, the
chassis should be stored in a weather protected
environment.

To remove the booster chassis, carry out the following procedure:


NOTE

The removal of cartons A, B and C from the shipping


container is described in Chapter 1 of this category.

1.

Cut open the sealed environmental bag containing the chassis carton C,
taking care not to damage the equipment in any way.

2.

Remove the cardboard cover, and carefully lift the chassis out of carton C.
The bag and carton C remain in the main cardboard container.

3.

Inspect the equipment immediately for damage. Report the extent of any
damage to the transport company.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 27

GSM-209-423

Installing the BTS chassis

Installing the BTS chassis


Introduction to
installation of
the BTS
This procedure provides instructions for installing the Horizonmicro2 and
Horizoncompact2 BTS chassis onto the wall bracket.
CAUTION

The chassis should not be removed from the protective


barrier bag until the equipment is ready to be installed and
powered up.
If the protective barrier bag has been removed and the
unit cannot be immediately installed and powered up, the
chassis should be stored in a weather protected
environment.

Tools required
This procedure requires the following tools:


Screwdriver set.

Ratchet, with 1/4 inch drive socket to fit 6 mm hex tool bit.

Torque wrench.
CAUTION

Inst. 28

Bolts should be tightened to the specified torque using a


torque wrench. The torque values are provided earlier in
this chapter.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing the BTS chassis

Equipment
access
procedure
The preferred method of access for Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2
equipment fitted above ground/floor level is using a hydraulic lift. Scaffolding or
ladders can be used if appropriate, or if a hydraulic lift is not available.
NOTE

Exercise great care when using hydraulic lifting gear and


observe all instruction and safety precautions.
If the installation is being carried out in a public area, a
suitable area around the site of the installation must be
cordoned off to prevent members of the public accessing
the site.
If possible, a third member of the installation team should
be stationed at the site to ensure that the designated site
area is not accessed by members of the public.

To access the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 equipment using a hydraulic


lift:
WARNING

An equipped Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 chassis


(without battery or cover) weighs 21 kg. Fully fitted weight
can be 28 kg.
Handle with extreme care and observe normal handling
precautions when lifting and carrying.

1.

Move the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 chassis to the cage of the


hydraulic lift.

2.

Collect the necessary tools and equipment, and enter the cage of the
hydraulic lift.

3.

Carefully manoeuvre the cage of the hydraulic lift until it is adjacent to the
installation point on the wall, so that the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 chassis is as close as possible to the wall bracket.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 29

GSM-209-423

Installing the BTS chassis

Installing the
chassis onto
the wall bracket
To install the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 chassis:
WARNING

1.

Using the handles either side of the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2


BTS chassis, align and locate the lugs on the back of the chassis onto the
forks on either side of the wall bracket (see Figure 2-3).

2.

Using the two long M8 bolts and washers supplied, secure the top of the
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS chassis to the wall bracket.

3.

Using the short M8 bolt and washers supplied, secure the bottom of the
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 chassis to the bottom fixing of the
mounting bracket.

4.

Tighten the three M8 bolts to the correct torque.


WARNING

5.

Inst. 210

An equipped Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 chassis


(without battery or cover) weighs 21 kg. Fully fitted weight
can be 28 kg.
Handle with extreme care and observe normal handling
precautions when lifting and carrying.

The carrying/lifting handles should only be removed after


the chassis has been fully secured with the three M8 bolts.

Remove the three M6 screws securing each carrying/lifting handle to the


sides of the chassis. Remove both handles and store for future use, with
the six M6 retaining screws.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing the BTS chassis

Chassis
installation
diagram
Figure 2-3 shows the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 chassis being installed
onto the wall bracket.

CARRYING/LIFTING
HANDLE
CARRYING/LIFTING
HANDLE

Figure 2-3 Installing the BTS chassis

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 211

Connecting external cables to the enclosure

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the enclosure


Introduction to
connecting
cables
WARNING

The Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 must be earthed


with a conductor capable of carrying the full fault current of
the overcurrent protection device.
Equipment earths should not be daisy chained together.
The ac input power connections must not be made at the
main power source at this time. The power-up procedure
is provided at the end of this chapter.
Ensure that LIVE and NEUTRAL are correctly connected
at the power source; additional risk to personnel or
damage to the equipment may result in the event of an
internal fault.

The principal connections to be made when installing a Horizonmicro2 or


Horizoncompact2 are:


Earth connections at the following points:

AC protective earth for the PSM (Power Supply Module), connected


together with line and neutral ac power conductors within one cable
to the socket supplied (including seal).

Earth/lightning protection via the wall mounting bracket M8 stud.

AC power supply to the PSM.

External antenna connection (if fitted).

External antenna connections fitted to the booster.

E1/HDSL link.
NOTE

The alarms connector is fitted during commissioning.

Tools required
This procedure requires the following tools:

Inst. 212

Screwdriver set.

Ratchet with 1/4 inch socket.

Wire stripping and crimping tool.

T25 tamperproof bit (supplied).

T30 tamperproof bit (supplied).

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the enclosure

Connecting
earth straps
WARNING

All earth strap connections must be secured between two


star washers on each earth stud.

Supplementary earth
A supplementary earth cable may be connected to the M8 threaded earth stud
on the wall bracket. This facility is available for additional protection in exposed
environments.
A factory supplied earth cable is fitted to the wall bracket earth point. At the
bottom of the chassis is a M8 threaded earth stud. Once the chassis is installed
on the wall bracket, the supplementary earth cable is connected to the
supplementary earth stud on the chassis.
Figure 2-4 shows the location of the supplementary site earth connection to the
chassis via the wall bracket.

CHASSIS
EARTH

WALL
BRACKET
EARTH

WALL BRACKET EARTH CABLE


AWAITING CONNECTION TO
CHASSIS

Figure 2-4 Supplementary earth connection to chassis via wall bracket

Safety earth
The ac supply (safety) earth is connected via the green/yellow conductor of the
ac power supply cable to the PSM. The PSM is internally bonded to the chassis
by a factory-fitted earth cable.
Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 213

Connecting external cables to the enclosure

GSM-209-423

Connecting the
ac power cable
WARNING

Ensure the ac power supply input has been safely


isolated, so that there is no risk of power being applied to
the cable during this procedure. The source should be
isolated and locked, and warning label attached.

To connect the ac power cable:

Inst. 214

1.

Ensure the gasket is fitted prior to the ac power socket, then insert the ac
power socket into the ac power plug of the ac-dc PSM, as indicated in
Figure 2-5.

2.

Remove the plastic cable clips from the polythene bag provided, then
route and secure the power cable using four cable clip locations down the
side of the cabinet, two cable grips on the inside of the casing and cable
clip at central entry point, as indicated in Figure 2-5.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the enclosure

Figure 2-5 shows the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 gasket and plastic clip
positions.
RX, TX
CONNECTORS

GASKET

AC INPUT
CONNECTOR

FOUR CABLE CLIP


LOCATIONS
FOR AC POWER CABLE

TWO AC POWER
CABLE GRIPPING
POINTS ON INSIDE
OF COVER
AC POWER CABLE CLIP FOR
ALARMS CONNECTOR
E1 LINK
EXTERNAL ENTRY TO CABINET
FOR BOOSTER
CONNECTORS
(ONLY USED ON
HORIZONCOMPACT2)

HDSL LINK
CONNECTORS

SOCKET CONNECTOR FROM


SUPPLY CABLE TO ATTACH AS
SHOWN
EARTH (GREEN AND
YELLOW)

AC POWER PLUG
ON
Horizonmicro2 OR
Horizoncompact2

(NOT USED)
LIVE
(BROWN OR RED)

NEUTRAL
(BLUE OR BLACK)

(NOT USED)

LIVE
(BROWN OR RED)

Figure 2-5 Gasket and plastic clip positions

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 215

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the enclosure

Connecting the
Horizonmicro2
antenna cable
To connect a common transmit/receive antenna:
NOTE

The following procedure applies if an optional internal


antenna is not fitted.
The antenna connector has to fit snugly under the solar
cover, and for this reason must be a N-type 90 elbow,
environmentally sealed to IP55, Huber and Suhner
16N-50-3-33-133 IP. It is assumed that pre-terminated
coaxial cables are to be used for the antenna feeders.

1.

Route a coaxial jumper lead from the transmit/receive antenna feeder


connector on the antenna junction to the wall bracket.

2.

Route the cable through the centre aperture of the conduit termination
bracket up from the bottom. The cable can be alternatively routed down
from the top of the enclosure, depending on installation and customer
requirement.

3.

Connect the N-type (90) antenna connector to the antenna port on the
centre front of the chassis, as shown in Figure 2-6.
DUMMY CONNECTORS

RX,/TX
CONNECTOR

Figure 2-6 View of Horizonmicro2 chassis, showing Rx/Tx connector position

Inst. 216

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the enclosure

Optional
internal antenna
Figure 2-7 shows a Horizonmicro2 enclosure fitted with an optional internal
antenna, secured to the front heatsink. The optional internal antenna has a gain
of 8.5 dB and is vertically polarized.

INTERNAL
ANTENNA

Figure 2-7 Optional internal antenna mounted on the Horizonmicro2 chassis

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 217

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the enclosure

Connecting the
booster cables
NOTE

This procedure only applies to the Horizoncompact2 BTS.


The Tx and Rx connectors have to fit snugly under the
solar cover, and for this reason must be an N-type 90
elbow, environmentally sealed to IP55, Huber and Suhner
16N-50-3-33-133 IP. It is assumed that pre-terminated
coaxial cables are to be used for the antenna feeders.

To connect the booster cables to the Horizoncompact2 BTS:


1.

Route each coaxial jumper lead cable either down from the top of the
enclosure, or up from the bottom of the enclosure to the relevant
connector at the front of the unit, as shown in Figure 2-8.

2.

Connect each N-type (90) booster connector to the relevant RF port, as


shown in Figure 2-8.

Figure 2-8 shows the Horizoncompact2 cable connectors.

NOTE:
ENSURE SEALED RIGHT
ANGLED CONNECTOR
HUBER & SUHNER PART
NO. 16N-50-3-33-133
AC INPUT
CONNECTOR

AC-DC POWER
SUPPLY MODULE

RDIS MODULE
DTRX MODULE
TX1 CABLE CONNECTOR
MASTER (N type)
TX2 CABLE CONNECTOR
SLAVE (N type)
RX CABLE CONNECTOR
(N type)

Figure 2-8 View of Horizoncompact2 chassis, showing cable connectors

Inst. 218

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the enclosure

Connecting the
E1/HDSL link
Figure 2-9 shows the DINO/RHINO connectors and location of the line
termination module.

J3 (MMI)

ALARMS CONNECTOR
FROM BOOSTER

LINE TERMINATION MODULE


(RHINO SHOWN)

(ACTIVE ON
HORIZONCOMPACT2
ONLY)

DINO (E1/HDSL)
J11

J13

RHINO (E1/HDSL)

J12

J14 J15 J16 J17

J12

J11

DINO LABEL
PORT PIN
TX 1 & 6
A
RX 2 & 7

ALARM

INTERNAL
SLAVE

PORT PIN
TX 3 & 8
B
RX 4 & 9

J13

INTERNAL
MASTER

J12

HDSL OPTION

RHINO LABEL
ALARM

J13

TX
A

RX
A

TX
B

RX
B

J14

J15

J16

J17

INTERNAL
SLAVE

J13

INTERNAL
MASTER

J12

HDSL OPTION

Figure 2-9 Location of customer interface connectors


NOTE

It is assumed that cables to be used for the E1/HDSL links


are pre-terminated with the appropriate connector.

CAUTION

Inspect the E1 connectors carefully for signs of damage


before making connections to the BTS. A damaged
connector will result in the BTS going out of service or one
carrier being reported as DRI inhibited.
For T43 connectors, inspect both the plugs on the BTS
and the sockets on the mating cable. Attach the socket
gently, keeping it as straight as possible to the plug.
For D-type connectors, use a connector shell with
appropriate cable restraints.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 219

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the enclosure

DINO module connections


Table 2-3 lists the DINO (E1) module connections.
Table 2-3 DINO (E1) module interconnections
Pin no.

Function

Pin no.

Function

J11-1

CHANNEL 1 Tx1+

J11-6

CHANNEL 1 Tx1

J11-2

CHANNEL 1 Rx1+

J11-7

CHANNEL 1 Rx1

J11-3

CHANNEL 2 Tx2+

J11-8

CHANNEL 2 Tx2

J11-4

CHANNEL 2 Rx2+

J11-9

CHANNEL 2 Rx2

J12-1

HDSL_EXT_1A+

J12-3

HDSL_EXT_1A

J12-5

HDSL_EXT_1B+

J12-7

HDSL_EXT_1B

J13-1

HDSL_EXT_2A+

J13-3

HDSL_EXT_2A

J13-5

HDSL_EXT_2B+

J13-7

HDSL_EXT_2B

NOTE

The J12 and J13 RJ45 connector pinouts on the DINO are
non standard. If a D-type to RJ45 adapter cable is used to
connect an external modem, the cable must be configured
so that the D-type pins 4, 9, 1, 6 connect to RJ45 pins 3,
1, 7, 5 respectively.

RHINO module connections


Table 2-4 lists the RHINO module connections.
Table 2-4 RHINO module connections
Pin no.

Function

Function

J12-1

HDSL_EXT_1A+

J12-3

HDSL_EXT_1A

J12-5

HDSL_EXT_1B+

J12-7

HDSL_EXT_1B

J13-1

HDSL_EXT_2A+

J13-3

HDSL_EXT_2A

J13-5

HDSL_EXT_2B+

J13-7

HDSL_EXT_2B

J14
Centre

CHANNEL 1 Tx1+

J14
Shield

CHANNEL 1 Tx1
(ac coupled to earth)

J15
Centre

CHANNEL 1 Rx1+

J15
Shield

CHANNEL 1 Rx1
(earth)

J16
Centre

CHANNEL 2 Tx2+

J16
Shield

CHANNEL 2 Tx2
(ac coupled to earth)

J17
Centre

CHANNEL 2 Rx2+

J17
Shield

CHANNEL 2 Rx2
(earth)

NOTE

Inst. 220

Pin no.

The J12 and J13 RJ45 connector pinouts on the RHINO


are non standard. If a D-type to RJ45 adapter cable is
used to connect an external modem, the cable must be
configured so that the D-type pins 4, 9, 1, 6 connect to
RJ45 pins 3, 1, 7, 5 respectively.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the enclosure

E1/HDSL link and alarms connection procedure


To connect the E1/HDSL link(s) and alarms cable:
1.

Unscrew the sealant cover (four M5 screws) of the customer interface


clamp.

2.

Remove the strain relief clamp (seven M3 screws).

3.

Feed the cables through the strain relief clamp and main bracket.

4.

Attach the connectors as indicated by the following table:


If ...

Then ...

T43
connectors

Insert the T43 coaxial connectors into the appropriate


sockets (J14, J15, J16, J17) on the RHINO module.

D-type
connection

Insert the 9 pin D-type connector into the socket J11 on


the DINO module.

HDSL
connection

Insert the HDSL connector(s) into the appropriate socket


(J12 and/or J13) on the RHINO or DINO (E1) module.

Alarms cable
connection

The alarms connector is not attached to the BTS until


commissioning. Leave sufficient cable slack to make the
connection to the appropriate socket.

Fitting the customer interface clamp


To fit the customer interface clamp:
1.

Fit the main bracket (see Figure 2-10) to the chassis casing (four M5
screws) and tighten the screws to the correct torque.
CAUTION

Ensure the cable connectors are firmly in place and that


the cables are clamped without affecting the connectors.

2.

Tighten the strain relief clamp (seven M3 screws) to seal the clamp onto
the cables.

3.

Fit the sealant cover (four M5 screws) and tighten the screws to the
correct torque.
CUSTOMER
INTERFACE CLAMP

MAIN BRACKET (FIT


TO CHASSIS CASING)

CABLES TO CHASSIS
CONNECTORS

SEALANT
COVER

STRAIN
RELIEF
CLAMP
EXTERNAL
CABLES IN
UNDERSIDE VIEW

Figure 2-10 Customer interface clamp used to protect E1/HDSL and alarm
connectors
Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 221

GSM-209-423

Installing the BTS solar cover

Installing the BTS solar cover


Introduction to
installing the
BTS solar cover
This procedure provides instructions for installing the solar cover onto the
chassis.
CAUTION

Screws should be tightened to the specified torque for the


screw size using a torque wrench. The torque values are
given at the start of this chapter.

Tools and
equipment
This procedure requires the following tools:


Ratchet, with 1/4 inch socket to fit a tamperproof T25 tool bit.

Torque wrench.

This procedure requires the following items from the installation kit, carton B:

Inst. 222

Solar cover.

Blank label push-in clip.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing the BTS solar cover

Fitting the solar


cover
To fit the solar cover to the chassis:
1.

Ensure that the two M5 tamperproof screws on the lower front of the
chassis have been released such that the end of the screws are flush with
the top of the bottom securing lugs.

2.

Position the solar cover over the chassis.

3.

Lift the solar cover slightly above the top of the chassis, and align with the
sides of the rear cover.

4.

Slightly angle the top of the solar cover, push towards the chassis and
downwards, until it is positioned on the chassis top locating lugs.

5.

Ensure that the solar cover is located on the bottom securing lugs, and is
flush with the back cover.

6.

Secure the solar cover to the chassis by tightening the two M5


tamperproof screws evenly to the correct torque.

Figure 2-11 shows the solar cover being mounted onto the chassis.

BLANK LABEL OR CUSTOMER


OPTION PUSH-IN CLIP

ig.056.rh

Figure 2-11 Installing the solar cover

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 223

GSM-209-423

Battery/cover installation

Battery/cover installation
Installing the
battery and
cover
Perform the following procedure to install the battery and cover onto the
chassis:
1.

Using a clean, dry cloth, wipe the underside of the chassis to remove any
excess moisture, and wipe any excess moisture from the gasket seal
around the underside of the chassis.

2.

Unpack the battery pack from its protective wrapping and inspect for any
damage. See Figure 2-12 for details of the battery and its mounting
position on the chassis.

3.

Insert the supplied 20 A blade fuse into holder on the top of battery pack.
Prior to insertion, check integrity of fuse by visual inspection.

4.

Ensure that the two pin connector is positioned at the left end of the
chassis and position the battery pack on the underside of the chassis.
Ensure interface cables are routed out of cable exit channel on the
battery/cover.

5.

Secure in place using the two M5 tamperproof screws and apply correct
torque.

CABLE EXIT
CHANNEL
BLADE FUSE
BATTERY/COVER

Figure 2-12 Battery and location

Inst. 224

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing the booster chassis

Installing the booster chassis


Introduction to
installing
booster chassis
This procedure provides instructions for installing the Horizoncompact2 booster
chassis onto the wall bracket.
CAUTION

The chassis should not be removed from the protective


barrier bag until the equipment is ready to be installed and
powered up.
If the protective barrier bag has been removed and the
unit cannot be immediately installed and powered up, the
chassis should be stored in a weather protected
environment.

Tools required
This procedure requires the following tools:


Screwdriver set.

Ratchet, with 1/4 in drive socket to fit 6 mm hex tool bit.

Torque wrench.
CAUTION

Bolts should be tightened to the specified torque using a


torque wrench. The torque values are provided at the start
of this chapter.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 225

GSM-209-423

Installing the booster chassis

Antenna
cabling
There are two options for antenna cabling to the Horizoncompact2 booster unit,
depending on site installation layout. If the antenna cables are to exit from the
top of the Horizoncompact2 booster unit, then the wall bracket RF cables must
be fitted before the Horizoncompact2 booster is lifted onto the wall bracket.
1.

Secure the bulkhead connectors to the wall bracket on the upper return
flange.

2.

Secure cables to the wall bracket with the cable ties supplied.

Figure 2-13 shows the antenna cabling details.


ANTENNA CABLES

UPPER RETURN
FLANGE
TIE WRAPS

GSM900 VERSION

ANTENNA CABLES

UPPER RETURN
FLANGE

TIE WRAPS

DCS1800 VERSION

Figure 2-13 Securing antenna cables (Horizoncompact2 booster)

Inst. 226

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing the booster chassis

Equipment
access
procedure
The preferred method of access for Horizoncompact2 booster equipment fitted
above ground/floor level is via a hydraulic lift. Scaffolding or ladders can be
used if appropriate, or if a hydraulic lift is not available.
NOTE

Exercise great care when using hydraulic lifting gear and


observe all instruction and safety precautions.
If the installation is being carried out in a public area, a
suitable area around the site of the installation must be
cordoned off to prevent members of the public accessing
the site.
If possible, a third member of the installation team should
be stationed at the site to ensure that the designated site
area is not accessed by members of the public.

To access the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 equipment using a hydraulic


lift:
WARNING

An equipped Horizonmicro2 GSM900 booster chassis


(without battery or cover) weighs 21 kg; fully fitted weight
can be 28 kg. The DCS1800 version weighs 19 kg
(without battery or cover) or 24 kg fully equipped.
Handle with extreme care and observe normal handling
precautions when lifting and carrying.

1.

Move the Horizoncompact2 booster chassis to the cage of the hydraulic


lift.

2.

Collect the necessary tools and equipment, and enter the cage of the
hydraulic lift.

3.

Carefully manoeuvre the cage of the hydraulic lift until it is adjacent to the
installation point on the wall, so that the Horizoncompact2 booster chassis
is as close as possible to the wall bracket.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 227

GSM-209-423

Installing the booster chassis

Installing the
chassis onto
the wall bracket
To install the Horizoncompact2 booster chassis (refer to Figure 2-14):
1.

Using the handles either side of the booster chassis, align and locate the
bracket fixing positions, then place the booster securely in the bracket.

2.

Remove the four M8 screws securing each carrying/lifting handle to the


sides of the chassis. Remove both handles and store for future use.

3.

Using the four M8 bolts and washers removed from the handles, secure
the booster to the mounting bracket.
M8 BOLTS AND WASHERS

GSM900 VERSION

CARRYING/LIFTING
HANDLES

M8 BOLTS AND WASHERS


(SEE NOTE)

M8 BOLTS AND
WASHERS

DCS1800 VERSION

CARRYING/LIFTING
HANDLES

M8 BOLTS AND WASHERS


(SEE NOTE)

Figure 2-14 Installing the booster chassis

Inst. 228

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the booster

Connecting external cables to the booster


Introduction to
connecting
booster external
cables
WARNING

The Horizoncompact2 booster must be earthed with a


conductor capable of carrying the full fault current of the
overcurrent protection device.
Equipment earths should not be daisy chained together.
The ac input power connections must not be made at the
main power source at this time. The power-up procedure
is provided at the end of this chapter.
Ensure that LIVE and NEUTRAL are correctly connected
at the power source; additional risk to personnel or
damage to the equipment may result in the event of an
internal fault.

The principal connections to be made when installing an Horizoncompact2


booster are:


Earth connections at the following points:

The protective earth for the BPSM (Booster Power Supply Module),
connected together with line and neutral ac power conductors within
one cable to the socket supplied (including seal).

Earth/lightning protection via the wall mounting bracket M8 stud.

AC power supply to the BPSM.


NOTE

The alarms connector is fitted during commissioning.

Tools required
This procedure requires the following tools:


Screwdriver set.

Ratchet with 1/4 inch socket.

Wire stripping and crimping tool.

T25 tamperproof bit (supplied).

T30 tamperproof bit (supplied).

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 229

Connecting external cables to the booster

GSM-209-423

Connecting
earth straps
WARNING

All earth strap connections must be secured between two


star washers on each earth stud.

Safety earth
The ac supply supply (safety) earth is connected via the green/yellow conductor
of the ac power supply cable to the PSM. The PSM is internally bonded to the
chassis by a factory-fitted earth cable.

Supplementary earth
A supplementary earth cable may be connected to the M8 threaded earth stud
on the wall bracket. This facility is available for additional protection in exposed
environments.
A factory-supplied supplementary earth cable is fitted to the wall bracket stud
and this is connected to the chassis earth stud, once the chassis is installed on
the wall bracket.

Inst. 230

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the booster

Supplementary
earth
connection
diagram
Figure 2-15 shows the location of the supplementary earth connection to the
booster chassis via the wall bracket.
GSM900 VERSION

BOOSTER
EARTH
WALL BRACKET
EARTH

DCS1800 VERSION

BOOSTER
EARTH
WALL BRACKET
EARTH

Figure 2-15 Supplementary earth connection to booster via wall bracket

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 231

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the booster

Connecting the
Rx, Tx and
antenna cables
To connect the antenna cables:
NOTE

If...

Then...

Wall bracket antennas are


to be used

Carry out steps 1 and 3.

Antenna cables are to be


used entering the bottom
of the unit

Carry out steps 2 and 3.

1.

Route ANT 1 and ANT 2 in the positions as shown in Figure 2-16.

2.

The antennas should be terminated and connected to the relevant ANT1


and ANT2 port on the Horizoncompact2 booster as shown in Figure 2-16
(not using the wall bracket antenna cables).
NOTE

3.

Inst. 232

It is assumed that pre-terminated coaxial cables are to be


used for the antenna feeders.
The Rx is duplexed on antenna 1 (ANT1) with Tx1.
There are two options for antenna cabling to the booster
unit. If the antenna cables require exiting from the top of
the booster, then the antenna cable must be secured to
the wall bracket first (see Installing booster chassis).

In this case only straight 50 ohm N-type plug connectors


are to be terminated and sealed for the outdoor
environment.

Route each of the three coaxial jumper lead cables (Rx, Tx1 and Tx2),
extending from the top of the Horizoncompact2 BTS to the relevant N-type
connector port on the booster, as shown in Figure 2-16 (GSM900 version)
or Figure 2-17 (DCS1800 version) and connect up.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the booster

GSM900 antenna configurations

TX2
SLAVE
CABLE
RX
CABLE
INDICATOR

ANT2
WALL BRACKET
CABLE

TX1
MASTER
CABLE
EARTH
CONNECTION

ANT1
WALL BRACKET
ANTENNA CABLE

TX2
SLAVE
CABLE
ANT2
ANTENNA
CABLE

ANT1
ANTENNA CABLE

RX
TX1
CABLE
MASTER
EARTH
CABLE INDICATOR
CONNECTION

Figure 2-16 Rx, Tx and antenna connections (two GSM900 configurations)


Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 233

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the booster

DCS1800 antenna configurations

INDICATOR

TX2
SLAVE
CABLE
TX1
MASTER
CABLE
RX
CABLE

ANT2
WALL BRACKET
CABLE

ANT1
WALL BRACKET
ANTENNA CABLE

EARTH
CONNECTION

INDICATOR

TX2
SLAVE
CABLE
TX1
MASTER
CABLE
RX
CABLE
EARTH
CONNECTION

ANT2
ANTENNA
ANT1
CABLE
ANTENNA
CABLE

Figure 2-17 Rx, Tx and antenna connections (two DCS1800 configurations)

Inst. 234

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the booster

Connecting the
ac power cable
WARNING

Ensure the mains ac power supply input has been safely


isolated, so that there is no risk of power being applied to
the cable during this procedure. The source should be
isolated and locked, and warning label attached.

To connect the ac power cable, first ensure the gasket is fitted prior to the ac
power socket then insert the ac power connector into the ac power plug on the
underside of the booster, as indicated in Figure 2-18.
GSM900 VERSION

DCS1800 VERSION

GASKET

SOCKET CONNECTOR FROM


SUPPLY CABLE TO ATTACH AS
SHOWN

(NOT USED)
LIVE
(BROWN OR RED)

GASKET
EARTH (GREEN AND
YELLOW)

NEUTRAL
(BLUE OR BLACK)

AC POWER SOCKET

(NOT USED)

LIVE
(BROWN OR RED)

Horizoncompact2 BOOSTER AC
POWER PLUG

Figure 2-18 Fitting the ac plug

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 235

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the booster

Setting up the
clamp
To connect the ac power and alarms cable to the cable clamp, refer to
Figure 2-19 and proceed as follows:
1.

Loosen the clamp screws and remove the bottom part.

2.

On the GSM900 booster, feed the alarms cable through the first position in
the clamp and the ac cable through the third position in the clamp.
On the DCS1800 booster, feed the ac cable through the first position in
the clamp and the alarms cable through the third position in the clamp.

3.

Refit the bottom main clamp to the chassis casing and tighten the clamp
screws to secure the cables in position.
DCS1800
VERSION

GSM900
VERSION

AC POWER CABLE
ALARMS CABLE

ALARMS CABLE
AC POWER CABLE

CABLE CLAMP
CABLE CLAMP

Figure 2-19 Clamping the ac power and alarms cables

Inst. 236

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the booster

Connecting the
alarms cable
The alarms connector, with cable attached, is not fitted during installation.
Instead, an alarms indicator is temporarily fitted to the Horizoncompact2 booster
to provide visual indication of power to the unit.
NOTE

The alarms connector should not be fitted until


commissioning (see Chapter 4 Commissioning of this
category).

Fitting the
security bracket
The security bracket is not fitted during installation, unless the commissioning is
to be carried out on another day.
NOTE

The security bracket should not normally be fitted until


commissioning (see Chapter 4 Commissioning of this
category).
The Horizoncompact2 booster solar cover cannot be
attached to the booster without the security bracket being
fitted.

To fit the security bracket, refer to Figure 2-20 and Figure 2-21 and proceed as
follows:
1.

Remove the indicator and store in a safe location for use during
commissioning.

2.

Fit the alarms connector to the Horizoncompact2 booster for corrosion


protection.

3.

Release the two M8 bolts secured to the booster backplate.

4.

Slide the security plate up into position and refit the two M8 security bolts
to the recommended torque.

5.

Insert in turn an M8 x 16 screw at each edge fixing position of the security


bracket, then insert the blade of a screwdriver through the outer security
bracket hole in order to reach the screw head inside, as shown in
Figure 2-20 (GSM900 version) or Figure 2-21 (DCS1800 version). Finally,
tighten the screws to secure the bracket.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 237

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the booster

GSM900 security bracket attachment


Figure 2-20 illustrates a GSM900 security bracket attachment to a booster unit.

ALARMS
CONNECTOR
INDICATOR

BACKPLATE

SCREW POSITIONS
(M8 x 16)

SCREW POSITION
(M8 x 16)

KEY HOLE

SECURITY
BRACKET

SCREWDRIVER

Figure 2-20 GSM900 security bracket attachment to booster unit

Inst. 238

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Connecting external cables to the booster

DCS1800 security bracket attachment


Figure 2-21 illustrates a DCS1800 security bracket attachment to a booster unit.

ALARMS
CONNECTOR
INDICATOR

BACKPLATE

SCREW POSITIONS
(M8 x 16)

SCREW POSITION
(M8 x 16)
KEY HOLE

SECURITY
BRACKET

SCREWDRIVER

Figure 2-21 DCS1800 security bracket attachment to booster unit

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 239

GSM-209-423

Installing the booster solar cover

Installing the booster solar cover


Introduction to
installing the
booster solar
cover
The booster solar cover is not fitted during installation, unless commissioning is
to be carried out on another day.
CAUTION

Screws should be tightened to the specified torque for the


screw size using a torque wrench. The torque values are
given in Overview of installation procedures at the start
of this chapter.

This procedure provides instructions for installing the solar cover onto the
chassis.

Tools and
equipment
required
This procedure requires the following tools:


Ratchet, with 1/4 inch socket to fit tamperproof T25 tool bit.

Torque wrench.

This procedure requires the following items from the installation kit, carton C:


Inst. 240

Horizoncompact2 booster solar cover.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing the booster solar cover

Fitting the
booster solar
cover
When commissioning is carried out on another day, the solar cover must be
fitted at the end of installation. In order to fit the Horizoncompact2 booster solar
cover to the chassis:
1.

Ensure that the two M5 tamperproof screws on the lower front cover
brackets of the booster are released to fit the security bracket key hole
slot, as shown in Figure 2-20 or Figure 2-21.

2.

Place solar cover onto the booster mounting bolts, by tilting lower cover
and pushing into key hole position, then push forward to secure.

3.

Secure the cover by tightening the M5 security screws evenly to the


specified torque.

Figure 2-22 shows the booster solar cover being mounted onto the chassis.
RF CABLE
TO ANTENNA 2

RF CABLE
TO ANTENNA 1

SOLAR
COVER

LOCATING LUG
M5
SCREW

KEY HOLE
ig.059.rh

Figure 2-22 Installing the booster solar cover (GSM900 version shown)

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 241

Installing the booster solar cover

Inst. 242

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

GSM-209-423

20th Sep 02

Chapter 3

BTS expansion

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

GSM-209-423

ii

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Chapter 3
BTS expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Introduction to the BTS expansion procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


About the procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Master/slave establishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration of a BTS site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the BTSs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

31
31
31
31
32
32

Installing the expansion fibre optic cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Tools and equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment access procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the front solar covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the side and inner covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

35
35
35
36
37

Connecting the fibre optic cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the fibre optic links to the master BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the fibre optic links to the slave BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refitting the BTS solar covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

38
38
39
310
311

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

iii

GSM-209-423

iv

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Introduction to the BTS expansion procedure

Introduction to the BTS expansion procedure


About the
procedure
This procedure provides instructions for expansion of the base transceiver
station (BTS) site. The master BTS can be connected to either one slave BTS to
provide a four carrier BTS site, or to two slave BTSs to provide six carriers.
WARNING

To minimize RF exposure from the antenna, power to the


transceivers must be turned OFF while connections are
made to the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 .
Potentially lethal voltages, up to 240 V ac exist within the
Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 enclosures when the
ac supply isolator switch is ON and/or the battery is
connected.
Laser radiation from fibre optic cables can cause eye
damage within the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
enclosures. If fitted, ensure that all power is turned OFF
and the battery pack is removed.

Software
requirements
GSR5 or higher software must be loaded in both the master and slave BTS
units of an expanded Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 configuration in order
for the master/slave relationships to be established.

Master/slave
establishment
The master downloads database information from the BSC and uses the
CABINET (CAB) data to determine which CABs the user has defined to be
present. The id of the CAB is related directly to the physical port the slave
should be connected to (for example, CAB 1 0 0 is connected to fibre optic port
1 of the master), so from this data the master knows where it expects to have
slaves connected.
During the GSR5 boot process the slave BTS phase locks over the fibre optic
cable and initiates contact with the master BTS. A signalling connection is
established between master and slave, after which the required code objects
are downloaded to the slave. The devices at the slave are then brought into
service.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 31

Introduction to the BTS expansion procedure

GSM-209-423

Configuration
of a BTS site
Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 expansion installation is subject to the
following rules:


The expansion BTS site must have one BTS configured as the master.
The master BTS is connected to the BSC using an E1 link attached to the
NIU. Additional BTSs at the BTS site are connected as slaves through the
fibre optic link to the slave ports.
NOTE

The instruction label within the side panel (next to the fibre
optic ports), states that both sets of fibre optic ports act as
a master on the master BTS whilst only the bottom set of
fibre optic ports is to be used on a slave BTS.

The maximum fibre length between the master BTS and a slave BTS is
1 km (lengths of 700 m to 800 m are not permitted). This limitation is
required to allow synchronous handovers between the cells at the site.
NOTE

Motorola does not recommend using the Horizonmicro2 in


an omni 6 site configuration unless the cell radius is small
(in-building coverage required, for example). This is due to
the very low Tx output power generated if six carriers are
combined. Motorola recommends one antenna per site for
Horizonmicro2 and two antennas per site for
Horizoncompact2 .

Connecting the
BTSs
In order to cover most of the possibilities, it is assumed that a six carrier BTS
site has been selected and the BTSs are positioned at the correct locations.
Connections between the booster and the BTS (whether GSM900 or DCS1800)
have been described in the previous chapter and are not described in this
section.
GSM900 BTSs can be mixed with DCS1800 BTSs.
WARNING

Inst. 32

The system configuration must be star connected from the


master to the two slaves, as in Figure 3-1. Daisy chaining,
that is master-slave-slave, is not permitted.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Introduction to the BTS expansion procedure

Horizonmicro2 six carrier BTS


Figure 3-1 illustrates a six carrier Horizonmicro2 BTS site, where the three units
are linked by fibre optic cables.

MASTER BTS

SLAVE BTS

SLAVE BTS

Figure 3-1 Six carrier Horizonmicro2 BTS site

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 33

GSM-209-423

Introduction to the BTS expansion procedure

Horizoncompact2 six carrier BTS


Figure 3-2 illustrates a six carrier Horizoncompact2 BTS site, where the three
units are linked by fibre optic cables.

BOOSTER

BOOSTER

BOOSTER
MASTER BTS
(GSM900 OR DCS1800)
FIBRE
OPTIC
LINKS

SLAVE BTS
(GSM900 OR DCS1800)

SLAVE BTS
(GSM900 OR DCS1800)

Figure 3-2 Six carrier Horizoncompact2 BTS site with boosters

Inst. 34

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing the expansion fibre optic cabling

Installing the expansion fibre optic cabling


Tools and
equipment
required
This procedure requires the following tools:


Ratchet, with 1/4 inch socket to fit a tamperproof T25 tool bit.

Torque wrench.

Equipment
access
procedure
The preferred method of access for Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2
equipment fitted above ground/floor level is via a hydraulic lift. Scaffolding or
ladders can be used if appropriate or if a hydraulic lift is not available.
NOTE

Exercise great care when utilizing hydraulic lifting gear


and observe all instruction and safety precautions.
If the installation is being carried out in a public area, a
suitable area around the site of the installation must be
cordoned off to prevent members of the public accessing
the site.
If possible, a third member of the installation team should
be stationed at the site to ensure that the designated site
area is not accessed by members of the public.

To access the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 equipment using a hydraulic


lift:
1.

Collect the necessary tools and equipment, and enter the cage of the
hydraulic lift.

2.

Carefully manoeuvre the cage of the hydraulic lift until it is adjacent to the
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 chassis.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 35

Installing the expansion fibre optic cabling

GSM-209-423

Removing the
front solar
covers
WARNING

To minimize RF exposure from the antenna, power to the


transceivers must be turned OFF while connections are
made to the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 .
Potentially lethal voltages, up to 240 V ac exist within the
Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 enclosures when the
ac supply isolator switch is ON and/or the battery is
connected.
Laser radiation from fibre optic cables can cause eye
damage within the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
enclosures. If fitted, ensure that all power is turned OFF
and the battery pack is removed.

If the front solar covers are fitted then:


1.

Release the two M5 tamperproof screws that clamp the solar cover to the
chassis from the bottom of the solar cover.

2.

Pull the bottom of the solar cover away from the chassis and upwards,
until it is free from the chassis locating lugs.
CAUTION

3.

Avoid dropping or placing anything on top of the solar


cover, as it is susceptible to damage.

Remove the solar cover and put in a safe place where it will not be
damaged.

Figure 3-3 shows the removal of the BTS solar cover from the chassis.

Figure 3-3 Removing the BTS solar cover

Inst. 36

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Installing the expansion fibre optic cabling

Removing the
side and inner
covers
To remove the BTS side cover and inner cover:
WARNING

Power to the transceivers must be turned OFF, while


connections are made to the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 . This is a precaution to minimize RF
exposure from the antenna.
Potentially lethal voltages, up to 240 V ac exist within the
Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 enclosures when the
ac supply isolator switch is ON and/or the battery is
connected.
Laser radiation from fibre optic cables can cause eye
damage within the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
enclosures. If fitted, ensure that all power is turned OFF
and the battery pack is removed.

1.

Remove the pin from the outer plastic side cover and then push back the
cover to remove. Retain the pin for securing the expansion cover.

2.

Remove the four M5 screws securing the inner metal cover and then
remove the cover.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 37

GSM-209-423

Connecting the fibre optic cables

Connecting the fibre optic cables


Introduction
The expansion casting is supplied with fibre connectors already installed. The
following text describes the procedure for installing the casting.
Figure 3-4 shows the expansion casting with fibre connectors already installed.

Rx2
Tx2
Rx1
Tx1

PORT 2
PORT 1

Figure 3-4 Expansion casting with fibre optic connectors installed

Inst. 38

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Connecting the fibre optic cables

Connecting the
fibre optic links
to the master
BTS
Proceed as follows to install the expansion casting and connect the fibre optic
links (see also Figure 3-4 and Figure 3-5) :
WARNING

1.

To minimize RF exposure from the antenna, power to the


transceivers must be turned OFF while connections are
made to the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 .
Potentially lethal voltages, up to 240 V ac exist within the
Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 enclosures when the
ac supply isolator switch is ON and/or the battery is
connected.
Laser radiation from fibre optic cables can cause eye
damage within the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
enclosures. If fitted, ensure that all power is turned OFF
and the battery pack is removed.

Locate the four optical fibre plugs on the expansion casting into the four
sockets on the master BTS. The sockets have a plastic guide plate to
ensure correct alignment. Secure the expansion casting to the BTS with
four screws and tighten to 3.4 Nm torque.
NOTE

On early versions, remove the fibre protection caps before


connection.
The plastic guide fitted in the BTS(s) to ensure correct
alignment of the fibre connectors may not be present
take care to fit the connectors correctly.

2.

Connect the fibre optic link cable to the first slave BTS to port 1 on the
master BTS. The connector is a bayonet type. Insert the plug into the
socket and turn to lock into position.

3.

Connect the fibre optic link cable to the second slave BTS (if fitted) to port
2 on the master BTS.

4.

Place the expansion cover bottom locating lugs in the fixing positions and
then push the unit forward to its fixing position. Secure the expansion
cover to the BTS chassis with the retaining pin.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 39

GSM-209-423

Connecting the fibre optic cables

Connecting the
fibre optic links
to the slave BTS
1.

Locate the four optical fibre plugs on the expansion casting into the four
sockets on the slave BTS(s). The sockets have a plastic guide plate to
ensure correct alignment. Secure expansion casting to the BTS with four
screws and tighten to 3.4 Nm torque.
CAUTION

Do not allow the expansion casting to hang from the fibre


optic cable.

2.

Connect the fibre optic link cable to the master BTS to port 1 on the slave
BTS.

3.

Place the expansion cover bottom locating lugs in the fixing positions and
then push the unit forward to its fixing position. Secure the expansion
cover to the BTS chassis with the retaining pin.

Figure 3-5 shows the master and slave BTS interconnections.


MASTER BTS

PORT 2

PORT 1

1st SLAVE BTS

2nd SLAVE BTS


FIBRE
OPTIC
LINKS

PORT 1
PORT 1
FIBRE OPTIC
CONNECTIONS

Figure 3-5 Master and slave BTS fibre optic interconnections

Inst. 310

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Connecting the fibre optic cables

Refitting the
BTS solar
covers
WARNING

Power to the transceivers must be turned OFF, while


connections are made to the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 . This is a precaution to minimize RF
exposure from the antenna.
Potentially lethal voltages of up to 240 V ac exist within
the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 enclosures when
the ac supply isolator switch is ON and/or the battery is
connected.
Laser radiation from fibre optic cables can cause eye
damage within the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
enclosures. If fitted, ensure that all power is turned OFF
and the battery pack is removed.

To refit each solar cover:


1.

Refit the solar cover onto the top chassis locating lugs.

2.

Ensure the solar cover attaches onto the bottom securing lugs.

3.

Tighten the two M5 tamperproof screws to the bottom of the solar cover,
applying the correct torque.

Figure 3-6 shows the solar cover being refitted.

ig.056.rh

Figure 3-6 Refitting the solar cover

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 311

Connecting the fibre optic cables

Inst. 312

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

GSM-209-423

20th Sep 02

Chapter 4

Commissioning

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

GSM-209-423

ii

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Chapter 4
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 41
Commissioning overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 41
Pre power up checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earth continuity checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspecting the system visually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

42
42
42
43

Powering up the BTS and booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Preparation for powering up the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Powering up the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GSM900 booster view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCS1800 booster view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

44
44
45
47
48

Battery check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 49


Introduction to the battery check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 49
Battery test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 49

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

iii

GSM-209-423

iv

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Commissioning

Commissioning
Commissioning
overview
This chapter provides information required for the commissioning of a
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS.
Before starting commissioning, the site should be prepared and the equipment
installed as described in this service manual and the site specific
documentation.
NOTE

If the E1 link is not active when the Horizonmicro2 or


Horizoncompact2 is commissioned it will not be possible to
download code directly from the BSC.

Commissioning a Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 consists of the sections


listed in Table 4-1.
Table 4-1 Commissioning overview

Section

Description

Test equipment & test leads.

Describes the equipment required to perform


commissioning.

Pre-power up checks.

Steps to perform before powering up the


system.

Powering up the equipment.

Describes the correct power up sequence.

Battery backup check.

Stipulates how, and under what conditions, a


battery check can be performed.

NOTE

After power up, automatic OMC-R procedures are used for


code download and configuration. Thus there is no
requirement for intervention after power up.
Equipment does not include a battery charger.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 41

GSM-209-423

Pre power up checks

Pre power up checks


Introduction
WARNING

Before powering up the equipment, the power system


checks provided in this section must be performed.
Only insulated tools should be used when working on the
Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 power system.

This section contains procedures for testing the power system prior to applying
power to a Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 enclosure.
CAUTION

This equipment contains CMOS devices and is vulnerable


to static discharge. Although the damage may not be
immediately apparent, CMOS devices may be damaged in
the long term due to mishandling causing barrier
breakdown.

Earth continuity
checks
Before proceeding with the earth continuity checks, ensure the system main
earth to the site connections are in place and secure.
Check that the resistance of the test equipment leads is less than 0.05 Ohms.

Inst. 42

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Pre power up checks

Inspecting the
system visually
Inspect the installation for damage in accordance with BS 7671 (16th Edition
<Section 711, 712 and 713>) or the IEC Wiring regulations equivalent.
WARNING

If damage is discovered during the visual inspection, do


not proceed with commissioning until the damage has
been inspected and rectified by the manufacturers or their
representatives.

Equipment interior and exterior


Examine the exterior of the enclosure for structural, paint or mechanical damage
and report any damage to Motorola for repair.

Power system
Visually examine the power system for mechanical damage and report any
damage to Motorola for repair.
To perform a visual inspection of the power systems:
WARNING

Potential lethal voltages up to 240 V ac, and high energy


sources are present within the BTS when the ac supply
isolator switch is set to the ON position and/or the battery
is connected.
Ensure the main ac power isolator is in the OFF position
before proceeding.

1.

Check system earth connections for tightness and cable/strap damage.

2.

Check the protective earth to the BTS PSM and booster.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 43

GSM-209-423

Powering up the BTS and booster

Powering up the BTS and booster


Preparation for
powering up the
equipment
This section provides the procedure to be followed when initially powering up a
Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS enclosure and Horizoncompact2
booster.

Inst. 44

WARNING

Before powering up the equipment, the power system


checks provided in Pre power up checks must be
performed.
Only insulated tools should be used when working on the
power system.

CAUTION

When the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 has been


powered up, it must not be powered down until the
complete software download has finished. This is because
powering down of the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2
could interfere with automatic software loading which
takes place at commissioning. Such interference could
cause an equipment software failure, requiring specialist
repair procedures.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Powering up the BTS and booster

Powering up the
equipment
WARNING

The Horizonmicro2 enclosure, the Horizoncompact2


enclosure and the Horizoncompact2 booster do not have
individual ac power switches and are therefore live when
the ac power isolator switch is turned on.

Horizonmicro2 power up procedure


1.

Ensure that the 20 A blade fuse on the battery has been visually
inspected, and correctly inserted.

2.

Operate the ac power isolator on the master BTS to switch on the ac


supply to the Horizonmicro2 PSM.

3.

Repeat the procedure to power up the slave BTS(s), if fitted.

4.

Contact the OMC-R to verify that communication has been established


with the site.

Horizoncompact2 power up procedure


1.

Ensure that the 20 A blade fuse on the battery has been visually
inspected, and correctly inserted.

2.

Operate the ac power isolator on the master BTS to switch on the ac


supply to the Horizoncompact2 PSM.

3.

Repeat the procedure to power up the slave BTS(s), if fitted.

4.

Starting with the master BTS, then the slave BTS(s), remove the
booster(s) solar cover(s) (see Chapter 2), ensuring that the indicator(s)
is/are fitted. See Figure 4-1 (GSM900 version) or Figure 4-2 (DCS1800
version). Operate the ac power isolator to switch on the ac supply to the
booster(s).
NOTE

An alarm indicator is temporarily fitted to the booster to


provide a visual indication of power to the unit.

If the indicator is illuminated, follow steps 5 to 9 (see also Warning and


Caution in the previous section).
If the indicator is not illuminated, check the mains cable and connectors. If
the problem persists then the booster unit is faulty and needs to be
replaced.
Notify the OMC-R and do not try to commission the Horizoncompact2 .
Close down the site until a new Horizoncompact2 booster is delivered.
WARNING

Ensure the ac supply input has been safely isolated, so


that there is no risk of power being applied to the cable
during this procedure. The source should be isolated and
locked and a warning label attached.

CAUTION

The other end of the alarms cable must be fitted to the


customer interface sealing assembly and plugged in to the
Horizoncompact2 (see Figure 2-10 in Chapter 2 of this
category).

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 45

GSM-209-423

Powering up the BTS and booster

5.

Disconnect the alarms indicator and fit the alarms connector to the
Horizoncompact2 booster.
NOTE

Inst. 46

Ensure the other end of the alarms cable is connected to


the Horizoncompact2 (see Chapter 2 of this category).

6.

Release the two M8 bolts secured to the booster backplate. Slide the
security plate up into position, refit the two M8 security bolts and tighten to
the recommended torque.

7.

Insert in turn an M8 x 16 screw at each edge fixing position of the security


bracket, then insert the blade of a screwdriver through the outer security
bracket hole to reach the screw head inside, as shown in Figure 4-1
(GSM900 version) or Figure 4-2 (DCS1800 version). Finally, tighten the
screws to secure the bracket.

8.

Refit the booster solar cover(s) (see Chapter 2 of this category).

9.

Contact the OMC-R to verify that communication has been established


with the site.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Powering up the BTS and booster

GSM900
booster view
Figure 4-1 are external views of the Horizoncompact2 GSM900 booster unit
showing the alarms connection.

ALARMS CONNECTOR

INDICATOR

BACKPLATE
SCREW POSITIONS (M8 x 16)

SCREW POSITION
(M8 x 16)
KEY HOLE

SECURITY
BRACKET

SCREWDRIVER

Figure 4-1 Horizoncompact2 GSM900 booster unit showing the alarms


connection
Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 47

GSM-209-423

Powering up the BTS and booster

DCS1800
booster view
Figure 4-2 are external views of the Horizoncompact2 DCS1800 booster unit
showing the alarms connection.

ALARMS CONNECTOR

INDICATOR

BACKPLATE

SCREW POSITIONS (M8 x 16)

SCREW POSITION
(M8 x 16)
KEY HOLE

SECURITY
BRACKET

SCREWDRIVER

Figure 4-2 Horizoncompact2 DCS1800 booster unit showing the alarms


connection

Inst. 48

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Battery check

Battery check
Introduction to
the battery
check
The objective of the battery check is to verify the serviceability of the battery in
the event of an ac supply failure.
NOTE

Before performing the battery test it is imperative that the


battery is fully charged.
The battery takes a minimum of 12 hours to fully charge.
The battery is of the sealed type and never needs any
maintenance.
Expected life of the battery is approximately five years.
Equipment does not include a battery charger.

CAUTION

The battery check must NOT be performed until the


complete software download is finished. This is because
the battery is unlikely to be fully charged, and powering
down of the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 could
possibly interfere with automatic software loading. Such
interference could create an equipment software failure
requiring specialist repair procedures.

Battery test
To test the battery proceed as follows:


Ensure that all transceiver channels are unlocked and busy by asking the
OMC-R to check the state of the site.

Switch off the ac supply at the ac power isolator.


NOTE

The Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 enclosures do


not have an ac power isolator switch.

Confirm that the OMC-R receives an ac fail alarm.

Confirm with the OMC-R that the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 still


operates correctly on battery power.

Switch on the ac supply at the ac power isolator switch.


CAUTION

Leaving power off for more than five minutes could result
in the OMC-R receiving a Low Voltage Disconnect
Imminent alarm, and then the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 unit may shut down, causing loss of
service.

Confirm that the OMC-R receives an alarm clear message.

This completes the test.

Inform the OMC-R of test completion.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 49

GSM-209-423

Battery check

Inst. 410

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

Chapter 5

Decommissioning the equipment

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

GSM-209-423

ii

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Chapter 5
Decommissioning the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Overview of decommissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 51


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 51
Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inst. 51
Decommissioning the BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

52
52
52
53
56

Decommissioning a booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.
Inst.

57
57
57
57
510

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

iii

GSM-209-423

iv

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Overview of decommissioning

Overview of decommissioning
Introduction
This chapter describes how to decommission a Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 enclosure and the Horizoncompact2 booster (this involves the
complete removal of all equipment and cables from the site). To decommission
equipment not supplied by Motorola, for example E1 Links, power supplies and
antenna, refer to the vendors instructions.
WARNING

Hazardous voltages in excess of 240 V ac exist inside a


Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS enclosure with a
booster unit.
Under no circumstances should BTSs be packaged with
the battery pack attached. If the battery pack is damaged,
the loose battery cells present a potential safety hazard.

Prerequisite
Read Chapter 1 of this category in order to acquire essential background
information before attempting to decommission a Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 enclosure.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 51

GSM-209-423

Decommissioning the BTS enclosure

Decommissioning the BTS enclosure


Introduction
Use the following procedure to decommission a Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 BTS enclosure, and use the checklist to check off each action
as it is completed. Photocopy the checklist as often as required; do not write on
the original.

Before starting
Before starting to decommission a Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS
enclosure ensure that:


The shipping container exists. Contact the Motorola local office for a new
container if the original shipping container has been disposed of.

Correct packaging exists: cartons A, B, C, and if applicable, the fibre optic


carton. Contact the Motorola local office for new packaging if the original
cartons have been disposed of.

The main ac power source is switched off and that NO power is connected
to the equipment.
WARNING

Inst. 52

Ensure that there is no risk of power being applied to the


equipment during decommissioning. The ac power source
should be isolated and locked, and a warning label
attached.

The carrying/lifting handles have been retrieved from storage.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Decommissioning the BTS enclosure

Procedure
To decommission a Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS enclosure, carry
out the procedures outlined below in sequence.

Preliminary actions
1.

Check the enclosure for signs of damage.

2.

Ensure that the ac supply is disconnected from the equipment at the


isolator switch.

Solar cover removal


1.

2.

Remove the solar cover by following steps a and b.


Step

Action

a.

Release the two M5 security screws, clamping the solar cover to


the chassis, from bottom of the solar cover.

b.

Pull the bottom of the solar cover away from the chassis, and
upwards, until it is free from the chassis locating lugs.

Carefully pack the solar cover in carton B.

Battery/cover removal
1.

Remove the battery/cover by following steps by following steps c and d.


Step

Action

c.

Release the two retaining screws and remove the battery/cover


from the underside of the chassis.

d.

If a battery is fitted, remove the blade fuse from the battery.

CAUTION
2.

Do not dispose of the battery.

Carefully pack the cover/battery and blade fuse in carton B.


WARNING

Under no circumstances should BTSs be packaged with


the battery pack attached. If the battery pack is damaged,
the loose battery cells present a potential safety hazard.

CAUTION

The Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 enclosures use


circuitry which is sensitive to static discharge. Avoid
handling in a high-static environment. When handling the
chassis, do not touch connector contacts. An earthed
high-impedance wrist strap must be worn when handling
the chassis with the bottom cover removed.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 53

GSM-209-423

Decommissioning the BTS enclosure

Cable removal
1.

Disconnect the ac input power cable, RF booster cables, E1/HDSL links


and earth strap/cable and, if applicable, fibre optical cables by using the
following table.
If it is...

Then...

AC power

Disconnect the socket from the PSM by releasing


the captive screw and pulling, using the
connector body.
Release the power cable from the cable clips and
insulate.

Booster cables
(Horizoncompact2 )

Disconnect the N-type antenna plug from the


antenna connector mounted in the centre of the
chassis.

E1/HDSL links

Remove cable clamp components and disconnect


the connections from the DINO or RHINO.
module:
a: If the module is a RHINO then release the
Type 43 connectors.
b: If the module is a DINO then release the two
retaining screws and remove the 9-way D-type
connector.
c: Remove any HDSL connectors.
Safely detach the cable clamp from the cable,
and store safely, then release the cable(s).

Alarm cable

Disconnect the alarm cable socket and customer


interface assembly.

Earth strap

Remove the nut, spring and plain washers and


disconnect the earth strap from the wall mounting
bracket.

Wall bracket earth

Disconnect the main earth cable from the wall


bracket.

Fibre optic cables


(if applicable)

Release the expansion cover and expansion


castings and disconnect the fibre optic cables
from the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 .
Refit the expansion casting and expansion cover
and repack the fibre optic cables in its carton.

WARNING

Inst. 54

Insulate and stow disconnected cables so that they do not


constitute a hazard to personnel using the site.

2.

Ensure that all disconnected cables are clear of the enclosure.

3.

If the power cable is not to be used again for another item of equipment,
remove completely and dispose of safely.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Decommissioning the BTS enclosure

BTS chassis and wall bracket removal


1.

Remove the BTS chassis by following steps e to h.


WARNING

The BTS chassis can weigh up to 24 kg. Handle with


extreme caution.

Step

Action

e.

Remove the short M8 bolt that secures the bottom of the chassis
to the wall bracket.

f.

Locate and fit the previously stored carrying/lifting handles to the


sides/front of the chassis with six M6 screws.

g.

Remove the two long M8 bolts that secure the top of the chassis
to the top of the wall bracket.

h.

Using the carrying/lifting handles, lift and pull the chassis away
from the wall bracket.

2.

Carefully pack the chassis in carton C.

3.

Remove the wall bracket by referring to the following table.


Then ...

If it is ...
Wall mounted

Holding the wall bracket and using a suitable tool,


remove the four screws securing the wall bracket to
the wall.

Pole mounted

Using suitable tools, cut and remove the lower


bucklestrap from the pole.
Holding the wall bracket and using the above
procedure, remove the upper bucklestrap from the
pole.
Remove the wall bracket from the pole. Remove the
two C channels from the wall bracket.
Remove the two universal channel clamps from the
C channels.

4.

If fitted, remove the conduit termination bracket from both the conduits and
wall bracket.

5.

Carefully pack the wall bracket in carton A.

6.

Carefully pack all security and fixing screws, nuts and washers, together
with the conduit termination bracket, two C channels, universal channel
clamps and bucklestraps, in carton A.

7.

Carefully pack cartons C, B and A in the shipping container. Seal the


container and return, as advised by the Motorola in-country Project
Manager.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 55

GSM-209-423

Decommissioning the BTS enclosure

BTS checklist
Copy this sheet and fill in the checklist in Table 5-1.
ENGINEERS NAME __________________________________DATE _______
SIGNATURE ________________________________________
SITE NAME _________________________________________
EQUIPMENT TYPE ___________________________________
NAT ID _____________________________________________

Table 5-1 Checklist of completed decommissioning steps (BTS)

ACTION

Yes

No

N/A

BTS enclosure decommissioned.


Packing material (including polythene bag) on site.
Is enclosure damaged? If yes detail in comments box.
Solar cover removed and packed.
Battery removed and packed.
AC power cable disconnected from ac-dc PSM.
DINO or RHINO cables disconnected.
Remote antenna disconnected (if fitted).
Chassis earth strap disconnected from wall bracket.
Main earth cable disconnected from wall bracket.
BTS chassis removed and packed.
Wall bracket removed and packed.
 
         
    
        
  
 
      
         

 
     
 
COMMENTS

Inst. 56

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Decommissioning a booster

Decommissioning a booster
Introduction
Use the following procedure to decommission a booster and use the checklist to
check off each action as it is completed. Photocopy the checklist as often as
required; do not write on the original.

Before starting
Before starting to decommission a booster ensure that:


The shipping container exists. Contact the Motorola local office for a new
container if the original shipping container has been disposed of.

Correct packaging exists: cartons A, B and C. Contact the Motorola local


office for new packaging if the original cartons have been disposed of.

The main power source is switched off and that NO power is connected to
the booster.
WARNING

Ensure that there is no risk of power being applied to the


equipment during decommissioning. The ac power source
should be isolated and locked, and a warning label
attached.

Sufficient packing cartons are available to pack the decommissioned


equipment.

The carrying/lifting handles have been retrieved from storage.

Procedure
To decommission a booster, carry out the procedures outlined below in
sequence:

Preliminary actions
1.

Check the booster for signs of damage.

2.

Ensure that the ac supply is disconnected from the booster at the isolator
switch.

Solar cover removal


1.

2.

Remove the solar cover by following steps a and b.


Step

Action

a.

Release the two M5 security screws that clamp the solar booster
cover to the chassis from the bottom of the solar cover.

b.

Pull the bottom of the solar cover away from the chassis and
upwards, until it is free from the chassis locating lugs.

Carefully pack the booster solar cover in carton B.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 57

GSM-209-423

Decommissioning a booster

Cable removal
CAUTION

1.

Disconnect the ac input power cable and earth strap/cable and then follow
the steps given in the following table table.
To remove the...

Then...

Security bracket

Remove the screws and disconnect the clamp.

AC power and
alarms cable clamp

Remove the screws and release the cable clamp.


Release the cables and refit the cable clamp.

AC power

Disconnect the socket from the PSM by releasing


the captive screw and pulling, using the
connector body.
Release the power cable from the cable clips.
Insulate the cable.

Alarms cable

Disconnect the alarms cable socket and insulate.

Antenna plugs

Disconnect the antenna plugs ANT1 and ANT2


from the sockets.

Tx and Rx plugs

Disconnect the Tx and Rx plugs from the sockets.

Earth strap

Remove the nut, spring and plain washers and


disconnect the earth strap from the wall mounting
bracket.

Wall bracket earth

Disconnect the main earth cable from the wall


bracket.

WARNING

Inst. 58

A booster uses circuitry which is sensitive to static


discharge. Avoid handling in a high static environment.
When handling the chassis, do not touch connector
contacts.

Insulate and stow disconnected cables so that they do not


constitute a hazard to personnel using the site.

2.

Ensure that all disconnected cables are clear of the booster.

3.

If the power cable is not to be used again for another item of equipment,
remove completely and dispose of safely.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-423

Decommissioning a booster

Booster chassis and wall bracket removal


WARNING

The booster chassis can weight up to 20 kg (GSM900) or


24 kg (DCS1800). Handle with extreme care.

1.

Remove the four long M8 screws and washers securing the chassis to the
wall bracket.

2.

Using the same four screws and washers, locate and fit the previously
stored carrying/lifting handles to each side of the chassis.

3.

Using the carrying/lifting handles lift and pull the chassis away from the
wall bracket.

4.

Carefully pack the chassis in carton C.

5.

If wall bracket antennas are fitted, cut the cable ties and remove the cable
assemblies.

6.

Remove the wall bracket by referring to the following table.


If it is ...

Then ...

Wall mounted

Holding the wall bracket and using a suitable tool,


remove the four screws securing the wall bracket to
the wall.

Pole mounted

Using suitable tools, cut and remove the lower


bucklestrap from the pole.
Holding the wall bracket and using the above
procedure, remove the upper bucklestrap from the
pole.
Remove the wall bracket from the pole. Remove the
two C channels from the wall bracket.
Remove the two universal channel clamps from the
C channels.

7.

Carefully pack the wall bracket in carton A.

8.

Carefully pack all security and fixing screws, nuts, washers together with
the conduit termination bracket, two C channels, universal channel clamps
and bucklestraps in carton A.

9.

Carefully pack cartons A, B and C in the shipping container. Seal the


container and return, as advised by the Motorola in-country Project
Manager.

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W63-O

Inst. 59

GSM-209-423

Decommissioning a booster

Booster
checklist
Copy this sheet and fill in the checklist in Table 5-2.
ENGINEERS NAME __________________________________DATE _______
SIGNATURE ________________________________________
SITE NAME _________________________________________
EQUIPMENT TYPE ___________________________________
NAT ID _____________________________________________
Table 5-2 Checklist of completed decommissioning steps (Booster)

ACTION

Yes

No

N/A

Horizoncompact2 booster decommissioned.


Packing material (including polythene bag) on site.
Is enclosure damaged? If yes detail in comments box.
Booster solar cover removed and packed.
AC power cable disconnected from ac-dc PSM.
Antenna plugs removed.
Tx1, Tx2 and Rx plugs removed.
Alarm cable removed.
Chassis earth strap disconnected from wall bracket.
Main earth cable disconnected from wall bracket.
Security bracket removed and packed.
Booster chassis removed and packed.
Wall bracket removed and packed.
 
      
 
    
       

 
 
     
 
     

 
COMMENTS

Inst. 510

Installation & Configuration: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W63-O

20th Sep 02

CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INFORMATION

CHAPTER 2
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

CHAPTER 3
FAULT DIAGNOSIS AND
REPAIR

Category 523

Maintenance Information (Maint.)

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

GSM-209-523

ii

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Category 523
Maintenance Information (Maint.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 1
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Introduction to maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recommended conditions and requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to equipment access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Access to a wall mounted BTS and booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools and materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to tools and materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS and booster tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

Chapter 2
Routine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Routine maintenance overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to routine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to removing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagram of BTS enclosure and solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refitting the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to removing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refitting the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annual routine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

i
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

Chapter 3
Fault diagnosis and repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fault diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference to fault diagnosis information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of replacement procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
14

21
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
23
23
24
24
24
25
26
27
27
27
27

i
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

31
31
32
32
32
32

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

iii

GSM-209-523

Replacing the BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to replacing a BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solar cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS cable positions diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS enclosure removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS enclosure replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

33
33
33
33
34
35
35
37
39
39

Replacing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 310


Solar cover replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 310
Solar cover attachment diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 311
Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 312
Battery replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 312
Battery attachment diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 313
Replacing customer interface clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS connectors location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer interface clamp diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

314
314
315
315
316

Replacing a booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to replacing a booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster removal procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solar cover removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster disconnection procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GSM900 booster cable locations diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCS1800 booster cable locations diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster removal diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

317
317
317
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324

Replacing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 325


Solar cover replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 325

iv

Replacing Horizonmicro2 antenna cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to replacement procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External antenna cable removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External antenna cable replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal antenna removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal antenna replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal antenna location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

326
326
326
326
327
327
328

Replacing Horizoncompact2 antenna cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to replacement procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the Rx,Tx1 and Tx2 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Rx,Tx1 and Tx2 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the ANT1 and ANT2 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the ANT1 and ANT2 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

329
329
329
329
330
330

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing the alarm cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 331


Removing the alarm cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 331
Replacing the alarm cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 331
Replacing the expansion fibre optic cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to fibre optic replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools and equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fibre optic connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fibre optic cable removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fibre optic cable replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion cover and casting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

332
332
332
333
334
335
337

Calibrating an MCU-m GCLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TTY cables and pin connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure for MCU-m GCLK calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagram of breakout board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breakout board connection point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restoring the site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

338
338
338
339
342
342
344
345
345

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

GSM-209-523

vi

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

Chapter 1

General information

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

GSM-209-523

ii

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Chapter 1
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Introduction to maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recommended conditions and requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

11
11
11
11

Equipment access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to equipment access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Access to a wall mounted BTS and booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

12
12
12
12
12

Tools and materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to tools and materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS and booster tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

13
13
13
13
14

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

iii

GSM-209-523

iv

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Introduction to maintenance

Introduction to maintenance
Recommended
conditions and
requirements
This chapter contains the recommended conditions and requirements that
should be considered before any of the procedures included in this document,
or referred to in other documents, are carried out on the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 equipment.

In this chapter
The conditions and requirements to be considered are:


Equipment access.

Tools and materials.

Torque values.

Test equipment and leads.

Safety
Safety features are built into the equipment to protect against the potentially
lethal hazards that exist. All statements regarding safety within these
maintenance procedures, and the preliminary pages of this manual, must be
adhered to when working on the equipment.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 11

GSM-209-523

Equipment access

Equipment access
Introduction to
equipment
access
The following information describes the environmental requirements that should
be considered before attempting to gain access to the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 equipment.

Environmental
requirements
The environmental limits for equipment operation and maintenance activity are
defined in Technical Description: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
(Category 323) of this service manual.

Maintenance
conditions
WARNING

Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 equipment may be


hot to touch.

Maintenance procedures depend on the ambient conditions.


Access to Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 equipment in the open air must
not be attempted during the following actual or imminent inclement weather
conditions:


Winds in excess of 25 knots.

Heavy persistent rain, snow, hail, or sleet.

During an electrical storm.

Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 equipment may be accessed under the


following conditions:


Wind speeds of less than 25 knots.

No precipitation occurring or likely to occur during the maintenance period.

When the temperature is between 40 C to +50 C.

Access to a wall
mounted BTS
and booster
A hydraulic lift/ladders must be used to gain access to the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 for repair and routine maintenance.

Maint. 12

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Tools and materials

Tools and materials


Introduction to
tools and
materials
The following table lists the recommended tools and materials for carrying out
the procedures in this manual.

BTS and
booster tool kit
A recommended tool kit for the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 is listed in
Table 1-1.
Table 1-1 Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 tool kit
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Description
13 mm combination spanner.
Screwdriver set, flats and posidrive.
1/4 inch square drive.
1/4 inch extension.
1/4 inch to hex adapter.
T10 bit.
T25 tamperproof bit (supplied).
T30 tamperproof bit (supplied).
6 mm hex bit.
Hammer drill plus masonry bits.
Roll of insulation tape.
Spirit level.
Ratchet & sockets.
Torque wrench.
Ruler.
Hammer.
Pole mount banding tool (order number SWLN4847).
Wire stripping tool.
Crimping tool.
Small hacksaw.

Cleaning
equipment
The following cleaning materials and equipment are required for routine
maintenance:


Soft brush.

Dustpan.

Mild detergent.

De-ionised water

Soft cloth.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 13

GSM-209-523

Tools and materials

Torque values
The torque values listed in Table 1-2 are to be used when performing
maintenance on the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 equipment.
Table 1-2 Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 torque values
Item

Size/Type

Torque

Where

10 Nm

Factory & field

Wall bracket (BTS and booster)


Chassis/wall bracket earth
stud (BTS and booster)

M8 nut

Wall bracket/wall fixings

Customer selection

Field only

BTS conduit bracket

M6 skt hd

3.4 Nm

Factory & field

Booster conduit bracket

M8 skt hd

10 Nm

Factory & field

Chassis earth stud

M8 nut

10 Nm

Field only

Customer interface cover


(clamp)
Sealant cover
Strain relief clamp

M5 Torx

3.4 Nm

Field only

M5 Torx
M3 Torx

3.4 Nm
1.2 Nm

Field only
Field only

Battery/Battery cover

M5 Torx

3.4 Nm

Field only

Expansion casting

M5 Torx

3.4 Nm

Field only

Chassis/wall bracket

M8 skt hd

10 Nm

Field only

Transport handle

M6 Torx

3.4 Nm

Factory & field

M5 Torx

3.4 Nm

Field only

Chassis earth stud

M8 nut

10 Nm

Field only

Security bracket

M8 skt hd

10 Nm

Field only

Chassis/wall bracket

M8 skt hd

10 Nm

Field only

Transport handle

M8 skt hd

10 Nm

Factory & field

M5 Torx

3.4 Nm

Field only

Expansion casting

M5 Torx

3.4 Nm

Field only

Fibre cable

M5 Torx

3.4 Nm

Field only

BTS chassis

BTS cover
Solar cover/chassis
Booster chassis

Booster cover
Solar cover/chassis
Fibre optic expansion

Maint. 14

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

Chapter 2

Routine maintenance

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

GSM-209-523

ii

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Chapter 2
Routine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Routine maintenance overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to routine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

21
21
21
21

Removing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to removing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagram of BTS enclosure and solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refitting the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

22
22
22
22
23
23

Removing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to removing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refitting the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

24
24
24
25
26

Annual routine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Maintenance overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

27
27
27
27

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

iii

GSM-209-523

iv

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Routine maintenance overview

Routine maintenance overview


Introduction to
routine
maintenance
This chapter provides the information required to perform the routine
maintenance on a Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS enclosure and
Horizoncompact2 booster.
NOTE

Since the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 operate as


part of a network, the procedures in this manual must be
carried out in conjunction with the relevant network
procedures performed at the OMC-R.

Maintenance
procedures
The Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 routine maintenance procedures
which should be performed annually are:


Checking fins and grilles.

Checking bolts and nuts.

Checking the solar cover(s).

Checking paintwork.

Checking the security of attachment.

Torque values
For torque values used during the performance of routine maintenance on
Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 equipment, refer to Chapter 1, Tools and
materials.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 21

GSM-209-523

Removing the BTS solar cover

Removing the BTS solar cover


Introduction to
removing the
BTS solar cover
This procedure describes how to remove the solar cover to gain access to
internal components, and how to refit it when maintenance has been completed.
WARNING

Laser radiation from fibre optic cables within the


Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 enclosure can cause
eye damage. If fibre optic cables are fitted, ensure that all
power is turned OFF and the battery pack is removed.

CAUTION

Refer to Equipment access in Chapter 1 for the


conditions that must be considered before gaining access
to internal equipment.

Tools required
The tools specifically required for this procedure are:


T25 tamperproof bit.

Torque wrench.

Removing the
BTS solar cover
To remove the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 solar cover:
1.

Release the two M5 tamperproof screws that clamp the solar cover to the
chassis from the bottom of the solar cover.

2.

Pull the bottom of the solar cover away from the chassis and upwards,
until it is free from the chassis locating lugs.
CAUTION

3.

Maint. 22

The solar cover is susceptible to damage. Avoid dropping


or placing anything on top of it.

Remove the solar cover and put in a safe place where it will not be
damaged.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Removing the BTS solar cover

Diagram of BTS
enclosure and
solar cover
Figure 2-1 shows the removal of the solar cover from the chassis.

SOLAR COVER
ig.056.rh

Figure 2-1 Removing the BTS solar cover

Refitting the
BTS solar cover
WARNING

Laser radiation from fibre optic cables within the


Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 enclosure can cause
eye damage. If fibre optic cables are fitted, ensure that all
power is turned OFF and the battery pack is removed.

To refit the Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 BTS solar cover:


1.

Position the solar cover over the chassis.

2.

Lift the solar cover slightly above the top of the chassis, and aligned with
the sides of the rear cover.

3.

Slightly angle the top of the solar cover, push towards the chassis and
downwards, until it is positioned on the chassis top locating lugs.

4.

Ensure that the solar cover has located on the bottom securing lugs and is
flush with the back cover.

5.

Secure the solar cover to the chassis by tightening the two M5


tamperproof screws evenly to the correct torque.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 23

GSM-209-523

Removing the booster solar cover

Removing the booster solar cover


Introduction to
removing the
booster solar
cover
This procedure describes how to remove the solar cover to gain access to
internal components, and how to refit it when maintenance has been completed.
NOTE

Refer to Equipment access in Chapter 1 for the


conditions that must be considered before gaining access
to internal equipment.

Tools required
The tools specifically required for this procedure are:

Maint. 24

T25 tamperproof bit.

Torque wrench.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Removing the booster solar cover

Removing the
booster solar
cover
To remove the booster solar cover:
1.

Release the two M5 tamperproof screws that secure the solar cover to the
chassis from the bottom of the solar cover.

2.

Pull the bottom of the solar cover away from the chassis and upwards,
until it is free from the chassis locating lugs.
CAUTION

3.

The solar cover is susceptible to damage. Avoid dropping


or placing anything on it.

Remove the solar cover and put in a safe place where it will not be
damaged.
NOTE

Inspect the solar cover. If it is damaged, a new cover


should be ordered.

Figure 2-2 shows the location of the solar cover on the chassis.
RF CABLE
TO ANTENNA 2

RF CABLE
TO ANTENNA 1

SOLAR COVER
LOCATING LUG
M5
SCREW

KEY HOLE
ig.059.rh

Figure 2-2 Removing the booster solar cover (GSM900 version shown)

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 25

Removing the booster solar cover

GSM-209-523

Refitting the
booster solar
cover
To fit the booster solar cover to the chassis:

Maint. 26

1.

Ensure that the two M5 tamperproof screws on the lower front cover
brackets of the booster are released to fit the security bracket key slot
hole, as shown in Figure 2-2.

2.

Place the solar cover onto the booster mounting bolts by tilting the lower
cover and pushing into the key hole position, then push forward to secure.

3.

Securing the cover by tightening the M5 security screws evenly to the


specified torque.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Annual routine maintenance

Annual routine maintenance


Maintenance
overview
This section describes the annual routine maintenance procedures which should
be performed in the sequence given.

Cleaning
equipment
Refer to Chapter 1 Tools and materials for details of the cleaning materials
required.

Maintenance
procedure
Remove the BTS or booster solar cover as described earlier in this chapter, then
proceed as follows:

Fins and grilles


Use a soft brush and dustpan to remove all the dirt and debris from the
finned surfaces and grilles of the equipment.

Bolts and nuts


For all equipment, check all visible nuts, bolts, screws and connections for
security of attachment; refer to the torque tables in Chapter 1.

Solar covers
Clean the solar cover(s) using a leather cloth, mild detergent and water to
remove any grease, salt or bird lime.

Paint
Check paintwork and repaint if necessary.

Security attachment
Check security attachment and repair if necessary.
Refit the solar cover(s).

Residual current device (RCD)


Check RCD to national and manufacturer recommended instructions.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 27

Annual routine maintenance

Maint. 28

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

GSM-209-523

20th Sep 02

Chapter 3

Fault diagnosis and repair

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

GSM-209-523

ii

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Chapter 3
Fault diagnosis and repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fault diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference to fault diagnosis information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of replacement procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to replacing a BTS enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solar cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS cable positions diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS enclosure removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS enclosure replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the BTS solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solar cover replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solar cover attachment diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery attachment diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing customer interface clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS connectors location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer interface clamp diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing a booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to replacing a booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster removal procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solar cover removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster disconnection procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GSM900 booster cable locations diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCS1800 booster cable locations diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster removal diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the booster solar cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solar cover replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Horizonmicro2 antenna cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to replacement procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External antenna cable removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External antenna cable replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal antenna removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal antenna replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal antenna location diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

i
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

31
31
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
33
34
35
35
37
39
39
310
310
311
312
312
313
314
314
315
315
316
317
317
317
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
325
326
326
326
326
327
327
328

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

iii

GSM-209-523

Replacing Horizoncompact2 antenna cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to replacement procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the Rx,Tx1 and Tx2 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Rx,Tx1 and Tx2 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the ANT1 and ANT2 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the ANT1 and ANT2 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

329
329
329
329
330
330

Replacing the alarm cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 331


Removing the alarm cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 331
Replacing the alarm cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maint. 331

iv

Replacing the expansion fibre optic cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to fibre optic replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools and equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fibre optic connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fibre optic cable removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fibre optic cable replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expansion cover and casting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

332
332
332
333
334
335
337

Calibrating an MCU-m GCLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TTY cables and pin connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure for MCU-m GCLK calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagram of breakout board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breakout board connection point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restoring the site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.
Maint.

338
338
338
339
342
342
344
345
345

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Fault diagnosis

Fault diagnosis
Reference to
fault diagnosis
information
There are no fault diagnosis procedures for the Horizonmicro2 or the
Horizoncompact2 described in this service manual. Instead, reference should be
made to the following manuals:


Maintenance Information: BSS Field Troubleshooting (GSM 100-523).

Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the OMC-R (GSM 100-501).

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 31

Overview of replacement procedures

GSM-209-523

Overview of replacement procedures


Introduction to
repair
This chapter provides the repair procedures for Horizonmicro2 and
Horizoncompact2 equipment. The following procedures are described:


Replacement of field replaceable units (FRUs).

Calibration of the MCU-m GCLK.

FRU list
Horizonmicro2
The Horizonmicro2 FRUs are:


BTS enclosure complete.

BTS solar cover.

Battery pack.

Customer interface clamp.

Wall/pole mounting brackets and fixings.

Internal antenna.

Fibre optic cables and connection covers (if applicable).

Horizoncompact2
The Horizoncompact2 FRUs are:


BTS enclosure complete.

BTS solar cover.

Battery pack.

Customer interface clamp.

Horizoncompact2 booster unit complete.

Horizoncompact2 booster solar cover.

Cables (Horizoncompact2 BTS to Horizoncompact2 booster and wall


bracket to antenna).

Wall/pole mounting brackets and fixings.

Fibre optic cables and connection covers (if applicable).

Torque values
Refer to Chapter 1 of this category for torque values used in the Horizonmicro2
and Horizoncompact2 repair procedures.

Maint. 32

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing the BTS enclosure

Replacing the BTS enclosure


Introduction to
replacing a BTS
enclosure
This procedure describes how to remove the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 BTS and replace it with a new unit.
CAUTION

Refer to Equipment access in Chapter 1 for the


conditions that must be considered before gaining access
to internal equipment.

Tools required
The tools specifically required for these procedures are:


Ratchet, with 1/4 inch socket.

6 mm hex bit.

T25 tamperproof bit.

T10 bit.

Extension 1/4 inch to hex adapter.

Screwdriver.

Hydraulic lift.

Removal
procedures
Before the equipment is removed from the bracket the following procedures
must be performed:


Solar cover removal.

Battery disconnection.

Cable disconnection.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 33

GSM-209-523

Replacing the BTS enclosure

Solar cover
removal
WARNING

Laser radiation from fibre optic cables within the BTS


enclosure can cause eye damage. If fibre optic cables are
fitted, ensure that all power is turned OFF and the battery
pack is removed.

To remove the solar cover:


1.

Carefully manoeuvre the cage of the hydraulic lift until it is adjacent to the
BTS chassis.

2.

Release the two M5 tamperproof screws that clamp the solar cover to the
chassis from the bottom of the solar cover.

3.

Pull the bottom of the solar cover away from the chassis and upwards,
until it is free from the chassis locating lugs.
CAUTION

4.

Avoid dropping or placing anything on top of the solar


cover, as it is susceptible to damage.

Remove the solar cover and put in a safe place where it will not be
damaged.

Figure 3-1 shows the removal of the BTS solar cover from the chassis.

ig.056.rh

Figure 3-1 Removing the BTS solar cover

Maint. 34

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing the BTS enclosure

Battery removal
procedure
To remove the bottom cover containing the battery:
WARNING

Support the battery while removing the screws to avoid


personnel being placed at risk when battery detaches from
the chassis.

1.

Release the two M5 captive screws that secure the battery cover to the
bottom of the chassis.

2.

Carefully remove the battery cover and battery (see also Replacing the
battery).

Cable
disconnection
With reference to Figure 3-2 and Figure 3-3, disconnect the following cables:

AC power
WARNING

Ensure the ac power supply input has been safely isolated


so that there is no risk of power being applied to the cable
during this procedure. The source should be isolated and
locked, and a warning label attached.

Disconnect the ac power connector from the ac-dc PSM by releasing the central
screw and pulling on the connector body.

External antenna (Horizonmicro2)


NOTE

This procedure is not required if the Horizonmicro2 uses


an internal antenna option.

Disconnect the N-type antenna plug from the antenna connector mounted on
the centre front right of the chassis (see Figure 3-2).

External antennas (Horizoncompact2 )


Disconnect the N-type Rx and Tx plugs from their respective connectors
mounted at the centre front of the chassis (see Figure 3-3).
NOTE

For fibre optic cable disconnection see Replacing the


expansion fibre optic cables.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 35

GSM-209-523

Replacing the BTS enclosure

E1/HDSL link
Unscrew the clamp cover, cable clamp and clamp main body. Disconnect the
connections from the DINO or RHINO module using the following appropriate
procedure:
Then ...

If the module is ...


RHINO

Release the type T43 connectors.


Release the HDSL connector(s).

DINO (E1)

Release the two retaining screws and remove the


9-way D-type connector.
Release the HDSL connector(s).

Store the clamp components safely for re-use.


NOTE

If clamp seals are damaged, the clamp should be


replaced.

Alarms cable
Release the alarms cable (connecting with the booster unit) from the socket by
unscrewing the plug (see Figure 3-3 for position).

Earth cable
Remove the nut, spring and plain washers and disconnect the earth cable from
the wall mounting bracket.

Maint. 36

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing the BTS enclosure

BTS cable
positions
diagram
Horizonmicro2
Figure 3-2 shows the cable connections to the Horizonmicro2.

GASKET
NOTE: ENSURE SEALED
RIGHT ANGLED CONNECTOR
HUBER & SUHNER PART NO.
16N-50-3-33-133IP

AC INPUT
CONNECTOR

AC-DC POWER
SUPPLY MODULE

FRONT
VIEW

RDIS MODULE
DTRX
MODULE

NOT USED

Rx/Tx1/Tx2 CABLE
CONNECTOR
(N-type)

LINE TERMINATION MODULE


(RHINO SHOWN)

Figure 3-2 View of front and bottom of Horizonmicro2 chassis, showing cable
connectors
Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 37

GSM-209-523

Replacing the BTS enclosure

Horizoncompact2
Figure 3-3 shows the cable connections to the Horizoncompact2 .

GASKET
NOTE: ENSURE SEALED
RIGHT ANGLED CONNECTOR
HUBER & SUHNER PART NO.
16N-50-3-33-133IP
AC INPUT
CONNECTOR

AC-DC POWER
SUPPLY MODULE

FRONT
VIEW

RDIS MODULE
DTRX
MODULE
Tx1 CABLE
CONNECTOR Tx2 CABLE
MASTER
CONNECTOR
(N-type)
SLAVE
(N-type)

Rx CABLE
CONNECTOR
(N-type)

ALARMS CONNECTOR
FOR BOOSTER

LINE TERMINATION MODULE


(RHINO SHOWN)

Figure 3-3 View of front and bottom of Horizoncompact2 chassis, showing


cable connectors

Maint. 38

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing the BTS enclosure

BTS enclosure
removal
procedure
The following procedure assumes that a hydraulic lift is to be used in the
replacement of a Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 chassis.
To remove the chassis:
NOTE

It is assumed that the Removing the solar cover,


Removing the battery and Cable disconnection
procedures have been carried out.

1.

Refit the handles (previously stored for the purpose of re-use).

2.

Fit safety strap/lifting tackle to the cage and handle to ensure safety prior
to removing bolts.

3.

Remove the short M8 bolt and washers that secure the bottom of the
chassis to the wall bracket.

4.

Remove the two long M8 bolts and washers that secure the top of the
chassis to the wall bracket.
WARNING

5.

A Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 can weigh up to


28 kg. Handle with extreme care.

Using the carrying/lifting handle and supporting the weight of the chassis,
lift and pull the chassis away from the wall bracket.

BTS enclosure
replacement
procedure
To replace a Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 , refer to the installation
procedures detailed in Category 423, Chapter 2 of this manual. In summary, this
involves:


Unpacking the equipment.

Installing the chassis.

Connecting cables for earth, power, antenna, E1 links and alarms cable.

Fitting the solar cover.

Fitting battery/cover.

Powering up the ac power supply.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 39

GSM-209-523

Replacing the BTS solar cover

Replacing the BTS solar cover


Solar cover
replacement
procedure
WARNING

To minimize RF exposure from the antenna, power to the


transceivers must be turned OFF while connections are
made to the BTS.
Potentially lethal voltages of up to 240 V ac exist within
the BTS enclosure when the ac isolator switch is ON
and/or the battery is connected.
Laser radiation from fibre optic cables within the BTS
enclosure can cause eye damage. If fibre optic cables are
fitted, ensure that all power is turned OFF and the battery
pack is removed.

To replace the solar cover:


1.

Release the two M5 tamperproof screws, clamping the solar cover to the
chassis, from the bottom of the solar cover.

2.

Pull the bottom of the solar cover away from the chassis and upwards,
until it is free from the top chassis locating lugs (see Figure 3-4).
CAUTION

Maint. 310

The solar cover is susceptible to damage. Avoid dropping


or placing anything on top of it.

3.

Remove the solar cover and dispose of safely.

4.

Fit the new solar cover onto the top chassis locating lugs.

5.

Ensure the solar cover attaches onto bottom securing lugs.

6.

Tighten the two M5 tamperproof screws to the bottom of the solar cover,
applying the correct torque.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing the BTS solar cover

Solar cover
attachment
diagram
Figure 3-4 shows the solar cover attachment to the chassis.

ig.056.rh

Figure 3-4 BTS solar cover attachment to chassis

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 311

GSM-209-523

Replacing the battery

Replacing the battery


Battery
replacement
procedure
WARNING

To minimize RF exposure from the antenna, power to the


transceivers must be turned OFF while connections are
made to the BTS.

To replace the battery bottom cover and integral battery:


WARNING

1.

Release the two M5 tamperproof screws from the bottom of the battery.

2.

Carefully remove the battery bottom cover.

3.

Unpack the new battery pack from its protective wrapping and inspect for
any damage.
NOTE

Maint. 312

Support the battery while removing screws to avoid


personnel being placed at risk when the battery detaches
from the chassis.

Ensure that the battery is fully charged before connecting


to an operational system.
Ensure a serviceable fuse is fitted to the battery.
Using a clean, dry cloth, wipe the underside of the chassis
to remove any excess moisture, and wipe any excess
moisture from the gasket seal around the underside of the
chassis.

4.

Insert the blade fuse into the holder on the top of the new battery pack.

5.

Ensuring that the 2-pin connector is positioned at the left end of the
chassis. Position the battery pack on the underside of the chassis (see
Figure 3-5).

6.

Secure in place using the two M5 tamperproof screws and tighten to the
correct torque.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing the battery

Battery
attachment
diagram
Figure 3-5 shows the battery attachment to the chassis.

BLADE
FUSE

BATTERY/
COVER
CABLE
EXIT
CHANNEL

Figure 3-5 Battery attachment to chassis

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 313

GSM-209-523

Replacing customer interface clamp

Replacing customer interface clamp


BTS
connectors
location
diagram
Figure 3-6 shows the DINO/RHINO connectors and location of the line
termination module.

J3 (MMI)

ALARMS CONNECTOR
FROM BOOSTER
(USED ON
HORIZONCOMPACT2 ONLY)

LINE TERMINATION MODULE


(RHINO SHOWN)

DINO (E1/HDSL)
J11

J13

RHINO (E1/HDSL)

J12

J14 J15 J16 J17

J12

J11

DINO LABEL
PORT PIN
TX 1 & 6
A
RX 2 & 7

ALARM

PORT PIN
TX 3 & 8
B
RX 4 & 9

INTERNAL
SLAVE

INTERNAL
MASTER

J13

J12

HDSL OPTION

RHINO LABEL
ALARM

J13

TX
A

RX
A

TX
B

RX
B

J14

J15

J16

J17

INTERNAL
SLAVE

J13

INTERNAL
MASTER

J12

HDSL OPTION

Figure 3-6 Location of customer interface connectors

Maint. 314

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing customer interface clamp

Customer
interface clamp
diagram
Figure 3-7 shows the clamp used to protect the E1/HDSL connectors.
CUSTOMER
INTERFACE CLAMP

MAIN BRACKET (FIT


TO CHASSIS CASING)

CABLES TO CHASSIS
CONNECTORS

SEALANT
COVER

STRAIN
RELIEF
CLAMP
EXTERNAL
CABLES IN
UNDERSIDE VIEW

Figure 3-7 Customer interface clamp used to protect E1/HDSL connectors

Clamp removal
procedure
WARNING

To minimize RF exposure from the antenna, power to the


transceivers must be turned OFF while connections are
made to the BTS.
Potentially lethal voltages of up to 240 V ac exist within
the BTS enclosure when the ac isolator switch is ON
and/or the battery is connected.

To remove the clamp to be replaced:


WARNING

Support the battery while removing screws to avoid


personnel being placed at risk when the battery detaches
from the chassis.

1.

Remove the battery/battery cover (see Replacing the battery).

2.

Unscrew the sealant cover (four M5 screws).

3.

Remove the strain relief clamp (seven M3 screws).

4.

Remove the main bracket from the chassis casing (four M5 screws).

5.

Detach all connectors.

6.

Remove the entire customer interface clamp from the cable and dispose of
safely.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 315

GSM-209-523

Replacing customer interface clamp

Clamp
replacement
procedure
To connect the E1/HDSL link(s) and alarms cable with clamp:
1.

Unpack the new clamp.

2.

Unscrew the sealant cover (four M5 screws).

3.

Remove the strain relief clamp (seven M3 screws).

4.

Feed the cables through the strain relief clamp and main bracket.

5.

Attach the connectors as indicated by the following table:


If ...

Then ...

T43 connectors Insert the Type 43 coaxial connectors into the


appropriate sockets (J14, J15, J16, J17) on the RHINO
module.
D-type
connection

Insert the 9 pin D-type connector into socket J11 on the


DINO module.

HDSL
connection

Insert the HDSL connector(s) into the appropriate


socket (J12 and/or J13) on the RHINO or DINO (E1)
module.

Alarms cable
connection

Insert the alarms connector into the appropriate socket


and screw in to secure.

The cable positions are as indicated in Figure 3-7.


6.

Fit the main bracket to the chassis casing (four M5 screws) and tighten the
screws to the correct torque.
CAUTION

Maint. 316

Ensure the cable connectors are firmly in place and that


the cables are clamped without affecting the connectors.

7.

Tighten the strain relief clamp (seven M3 screws) to secure the clamp onto
the cables.

8.

Fit the sealant cover (four M5 screws) and tighten the screws to the
correct torque.

9.

Refit the battery/battery cover (see Replacing the battery).

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing a booster

Replacing a booster
Introduction to
replacing a
booster
This procedure describes how to remove the Horizoncompact2 booster and
replace with a new unit.
CAUTION

Refer to Equipment access in Chapter 1 for the


conditions that must be considered before gaining access
to internal equipment.

Tools
The tools specifically required for these procedures are:


Ratchet, with 1/4 inch socket.

6 mm hex bit.

T25 tamperproof bit.

T10 bit.

Extension 1/4 inch to hex adapter.

Screwdriver.

Torque wrench.

Hydraulic lift.

Booster
removal
procedures
Before the equipment is removed from the bracket the following procedures
must be performed:


Solar cover removal.

Cable disconnection.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 317

GSM-209-523

Replacing a booster

Solar cover
removal
procedure
To remove the solar cover:
1.

Carefully manoeuvre the cage of the hydraulic lift until it is adjacent to the
chassis.

2.

From beneath the chassis, release the two M5 security screws that clamp
the solar cover to the chassis.

3.

Pull the bottom of the solar cover away from the chassis and upwards,
until it is free from the chassis locating lugs.

Figure 3-8 shows the removal of the solar cover from the chassis.
RF CABLE
TO ANTENNA 2

RF CABLE
TO ANTENNA 1

SOLAR
COVER

LOCATING
LUG
M5
SCREW

KEY HOLE
ig.059.rh

Figure 3-8 Removing the booster solar cover (GSM900 version shown)

Maint. 318

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing a booster

Booster
disconnection
procedure
With reference to Figure 3-9 (GSM900 version) or Figure 3-10 (DCS1800
version), to disconnect a Horizoncompact2 booster:
WARNING

Ensure the ac power supply input has been safely isolated


so that there is no risk of power being applied to the cable
during this procedure. The source should be isolated and
locked, and warning label attached.
Ensure the RF output is prevented from entering the
booster from the Horizoncompact2 BTS.

1.

Remove the screws and disconnect the security bracket.

2.

Remove the screws securing the ac power and alarms cable clamp.

3.

Disconnect the ac power socket from the power plug by releasing the
captive screw and pulling, using the connector body. Release the power
cable from the cable clips.

4.

Disconnect the alarms cable socket.

5.

Disconnect the N-type antenna plugs ANT1 and ANT2 from the sockets.

6.

Disconnect the N-type Tx1, Tx2 and Rx plugs from the sockets.

7.

Remove the nut and plain washers and disconnect the earth strap from
the wall mounting bracket.

8.

Disconnect the main earth cable from the wall bracket.


WARNING

Stow disconnected cables so they do not create a hazard


to personnel using the site.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 319

GSM-209-523

Replacing a booster

GSM900
booster cable
locations
diagram
Figure 3-9 shows the location of the cables to be removed.

SCREW POSITION
(M8 x 16)

KEY HOLE
SLOT
KEY HOLE
SLOT
SECURITY
BRACKET
SCREWDRIVER

AC POWER SOCKET

ANT1
TX2
RX
SCREW POSITIONS
(M8 x 16)

ANT2
TX1

ALARMS
CONNECTOR

Figure 3-9 View of front and bottom of chassis, showing cable connectors

Maint. 320

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing a booster

DCS1800
booster cable
locations
diagram
Figure 3-10 shows the location of the cables to be removed.

SCREW POSITION
(M8 x 16)

KEY HOLE
SLOT
KEY HOLE
SLOT

SECURITY
BRACKET

SCREWDRIVER

ALARMS CONNECTOR

RX

ANT1
SCREW POSITIONS
(M8 x 16)

TX2

AC POWER
SOCKET

TX1
ANT2

Figure 3-10 View of front and bottom of chassis, detailing cable connectors

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 321

GSM-209-523

Replacing a booster

Booster
removal
procedure
The following procedure assumes that a hydraulic lift is to be used in the
replacement of a Horizoncompact2 booster.
To remove the chassis:
NOTE

1.

Remove the four M8 bolt and washers that secure the chassis to the wall
bracket.

2.

Using the same four M8 bolts and washers, refit the handles (previously
stored for the purpose of reuse).

3.

Fit the safety strap/lifting tackle to the cage and handle to ensure safety
prior to removing the bolts.
WARNING

4.

Maint. 322

It is assumed that the Removing the solar cover and


Removing the Cable disconnection procedures have
been carried out.

A booster can weigh up to 20 kg (GSM900) or 24 kg


(DCS1800). Handle with extreme care.

Using the carrying/lifting handle and, supporting the weight of the chassis,
lift and pull away from the wall bracket.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing a booster

Booster
removal
diagram
Figure 3-11 shows the booster removal details.
M8 BOLTS AND WASHERS

GSM900
VERSION

M8 BOLTS AND WASHERS


(SEE NOTE)

CARRYING/LIFTING
HANDLES
M8 BOLTS AND WASHERS

DCS1800
VERSION

M8 BOLTS AND WASHERS


(SEE NOTE)

CARRYING/LIFTING
HANDLES

Figure 3-11 Removing the Horizoncompact2 booster


NOTE

The M8 bolts and washers removed from the mounting


wall bracket are used to secure the handles to the
Horizoncompact2 booster unit.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 323

GSM-209-523

Replacing a booster

Booster
replacement
To replace a Horizoncompact2 booster, refer to the installation procedures
detailed in Category 423, Chapter 2 of this manual. In summary, this involves:

Maint. 324

Unpacking the equipment.

Installing the chassis.

Connecting cables for earth, power, antenna, Rx and Txs.

Fitting the security bracket.

Fitting the solar cover.

Powering up the ac power supply.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing the booster solar cover

Replacing the booster solar cover


Solar cover
replacement
procedure
To fit the Horizoncompact2 booster solar cover to the chassis:
1.

Ensure that the two M5 tamperproof screws on the lower front cover
brackets of the booster are released to fit the security bracket key hole
slot, as shown in Figure 3-12 and Figure 2-2.

2.

Place the solar cover onto the Horizoncompact2 booster mounting bolts
by tilting the lower cover and pushing into the keyhole position, then push
forward to secure.

3.

Secure the cover by tightening the M5 security screws evenly to the


specified torque.

Figure 3-12 shows the Horizoncompact2 booster solar cover being mounted
onto the chassis.
RF CABLE TO
ANTENNA 1

RF CABLE TO
ANTENNA 2

SOLAR
COVER

LOCATING
LUG
M5
SCREW

KEY HOLE
ig.059.rh

Figure 3-12 Installing the solar cover (GSM900 version shown)

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 325

Replacing Horizonmicro2 antenna cables

GSM-209-523

Replacing Horizonmicro2 antenna cables


Introduction to
replacement
procedures
This section describes the following Horizonmicro2 procedures:


Replacing the external antenna cable.

Replacing an internal antenna.

External
antenna cable
removal
procedure
To remove an external antenna cable:
WARNING

Ensure the ac power supply input has been safely isolated


so that there is no risk of power being applied to the cable
during this procedure. The source should be isolated and
locked and a warning label attached.

1.

Remove the Horizonmicro2 solar cover, as described in Replacing solar


cover.

2.

Remove the N-type connector, unscrewing by hand.

External
antenna cable
replacement
procedure
To connect a new antenna cable:

Maint. 326

1.

Attach the N-type antenna connector, screwing by hand until firmly in


place.

2.

Refit the Horizonmicro2 solar cover, as described in Replacing solar


cover.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing Horizonmicro2 antenna cables

Internal antenna
removal
procedure
To remove the internal antenna from the Horizonmicro2 BTS:
WARNING

To minimise RF exposure from the antenna, power to the


transceivers must be turned OFF, while connections are
made to the Horizonmicro2.
Potentially lethal voltages, up to 360 V dc and 240 V ac
exist within the Horizonmicro2 enclosure when the ac
supply isolator switch is ON and/or the battery is
connected.

1.

Ensure power to the unit has been turned off, and batteries run down, or
safe procedure for transceiver shut down achieved. Figure 3-13 shows an
internal antenna fitted to the chassis (back chassis cover not shown for
clarity).

2.

Remove the solar cover, as described in Replacing BTS solar cover.

3.

Remove the four M5 Torx screws.

4.

Detach the antenna from the chassis.

5.

Remove the N-type connector, unscrewing by hand.

6.

Dispose of the antenna safely.

Internal antenna
replacement
procedure
To refit a new antenna:
1.

Attach the N-type antenna connector, screwing by hand until firmly in


place.

2.

Locate the antenna in the correct position.

3.

Fit four M5 Torx screws and tighten to the correct torque.

4.

Refit the solar cover, as described in Replacing BTS solar cover.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 327

Replacing Horizonmicro2 antenna cables

GSM-209-523

Internal antenna
location
diagram
Figure 3-13 shows an Horizonmicro2 BTS internal antenna.

INTERNAL
ANTENNA

Figure 3-13 Internal antenna attached to chassis on Horizonmicro2 BTS

Maint. 328

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing Horizoncompact2 antenna cables

Replacing Horizoncompact2 antenna cables


Introduction to
replacement
procedures
This section describes the following Horizonmicro2 procedures:


Replacing the Rx, Tx1 and Tx2 cables.

Replacing the booster ANT1 and ANT2 cables.

Removing the
Rx,Tx1 and Tx2
cables
To remove the Rx, Tx1 and Tx2 cables:
WARNING

Ensure the ac power supply input has been safely isolated


so that there is no risk of power being applied to the cable
during this procedure. The source should be isolated and
locked and a warning label attached.
Ensure the RF output is prevented from entering the
booster from the Horizoncompact2 .

1.

Remove the Horizoncompact2 BTS solar cover (see Removing the solar
cover earlier in this chapter).

2.

Remove the Horizoncompact2 booster solar cover (see Removing the


booster solar cover earlier in this chapter).

3.

Remove the Horizoncompact2 booster security bracket.

4.

Undo the RF N-type cables.

Replacing the
Rx,Tx1 and Tx2
cables
To replace the Rx, Tx1 and Tx2 cables:
1.

Fit the new RF cables.

2.

Refit the Horizoncompact2 booster security bracket.

3.

Refit the Horizoncompact2 booster solar cover.

4.

Refit the Horizoncompact2 BTS solar cover.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 329

Replacing Horizoncompact2 antenna cables

GSM-209-523

Removing the
ANT1 and ANT2
cables
To remove the booster ANT1 and ANT2 cables:
WARNING

Ensure the ac power supply input has been safely isolated


so that there is no risk of power being applied to the cable
during this procedure. The source should be isolated and
locked and a warning label attached.
Ensure the RF output is prevented from entering the
booster from the Horizoncompact2 .

1.

Remove the Horizoncompact2 booster solar cover (see Removing the


solar cover earlier in this chapter).

2.

Remove the Horizoncompact2 booster security bracket.

3.

Undo the RF N-type cables.

4.

Remove ac power cable and alarm cable (this will also involve removing
the cable clamp).

5.

Remove the ANT1 and ANT2 cables

Replacing the
ANT1 and ANT2
cables
To replace the booster ANT1 and ANT2 cables:

Maint. 330

1.

Fit the new ANT1 and ANT2 cables

2.

Refit the RF cables.

3.

Refit the ac power cable and alarm cable (this will also involve refitting the
cable clamp).

4.

Refit the Horizoncompact2 booster security bracket.

5.

Refit the Horizoncompact2 booster solar cover.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing the alarm cable

Replacing the alarm cable


This procedure describes the removal and replacement of the Horizonmicro2
and Horizoncompact2 alarm cable.

Removing the
alarm cable
To remove the alarm cable:
1.

Remove the booster solar cover (see Removing the solar cover earlier in
this chapter).

2.

Remove the booster security bracket.

3.

Remove the booster cable clamp.

4.

Remove the alarm cable.

Replacing the
alarm cable
To replace the alarm cable:
1.

Fit the new alarm cable.

2.

Refit the booster cable clamp.

3.

Refit the booster security bracket.

4.

Refit the booster solar cover.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 331

Replacing the expansion fibre optic cables

GSM-209-523

Replacing the expansion fibre optic cables


Introduction to
fibre optic
replacement
This procedure provides instructions for replacing the fibre optic cables which
link up a master base transceiver station (BTS) to either one slave BTS (four
carrier BTS site) or two slave BTSs (six carrier BTS site).

Tools and
equipment
required
This procedure requires the following tools:


Ratchet with 1/4 inch socket, to fit a tamperproof T25 tool bit.

Torque wrench.
WARNING

Maint. 332

To minimize RF exposure from the antenna, power to the


transceivers must be turned OFF while connections are
made to the BTS.
Potentially lethal voltages of up to 240 V ac exist within
the BTS enclosure when the ac mains isolator switch is
ON and/or the battery is connected.
Laser radiation from fibre optic cables within the BTS
enclosure can cause eye damage. Ensure that all power is
turned OFF and the battery pack is removed.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing the expansion fibre optic cables

Fibre optic
connections
Figure 3-14 shows the master and slave BTS interconnections.

MASTER BTS

PORT 2
PORT 1

PORT 1
SLAVE 1 BTS

PORT 1
SLAVE 2 BTS

Figure 3-14 Connecting master and slave BTSs

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 333

Replacing the expansion fibre optic cables

GSM-209-523

Fibre optic
cable removal
procedure
To remove the fibre optic cables (see also Figure 3-15):
WARNING

1.

Remove the BTSs solar covers as described earlier in Replacing the BTS
enclosure.

2.

Remove the retaining pin(s) from the expansion cover(s) and push back to
release. Retain the pin(s) for later use.

3.

On the master BTS, remove the four M5 screws securing the expansion
casting and put them in a safe place.

4.

Release the master BTS expansion casting and unplug the fibre optic
cable(s).
CAUTION

Do not allow the expansion casting to hang from the fibre


optic cable.

5.

On the slave BTS, remove the four M5 screws securing the expansion
casting and put them in a safe place.

6.

Release the slave BTS expansion casting and unplug the fibre optic cable.
CAUTION

Maint. 334

To minimize exposure to RF from the antenna, power to


the transceivers must be turned OFF while connections
are made to the BTS.
Potentially lethal voltages, up to 240 V ac exist within the
BTS enclosure when the ac supply isolator switch is ON
and/or the battery is connected.
Laser radiation from fibre optic cables within the BTS
enclosure can cause eye damage. Ensure that all power is
turned OFF and the battery pack is removed.

Do not allow the expansion casting to hang from the fibre


optic cable.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing the expansion fibre optic cables

Fibre optic
cable
replacement
procedure
To replace the fibre optic cables (see also Figure 3-15):

Master BTS procedure


WARNING

1.

To minimize RF exposure from the antenna, power to the


transceivers must be turned OFF while connections are
made to the BTS.
Potentially lethal voltages of up to 240 V ac exist within
the BTS enclosure when the ac supply isolator switch is
ON and/or the battery is connected.
Laser radiation from fibre optic cables can cause eye
damage. Ensure that all power is turned OFF and the
battery pack is removed.

Locate the four optical fibre plugs on the expansion casting into the four
sockets on the master BTS. The sockets have a plastic guide plate to
ensure correct alignment. Secure the expansion casting to the BTS with
four screws and tighten to 3.4 Nm torque.
NOTE

On early versions, remove the fibre protection caps before


connection.
The plastic guide fitted in the BTS(s) to ensure correct
alignment of the fibre connectors may not be present
take care to fit the connectors correctly.

2.

Connect the fibre optic link cable to the first slave BTS to port 1 on the
master BTS (the connector is a bayonet type). Insert the plug into the
socket and turn to lock into position.

3.

Connect the fibre optic link cable to the second slave BTS (if fitted) to port
2 on the master BTS.

4.

Place the expansion cover bottom locating lugs in the fixing positions and
then push the unit forward to its fixing position. Secure the expansion
cover to the BTS chassis with the retaining pin.

5.

Replace the solar cover as described in Replacing the BTS solar cover.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 335

Replacing the expansion fibre optic cables

GSM-209-523

Slave BTS procedure


WARNING

1.

Locate the four optical fibre plugs on the expansion casting into the four
sockets on the slave BTS(s). The sockets have a plastic guide plate to
ensure correct alignment. Secure the expansion casting to the BTS with
four screws and tighten to 3.4 Nm torque.
CAUTION

Maint. 336

To minimize RF exposure from the antenna, power to the


transceivers must be turned OFF while connections are
made to the BTS.
Potentially lethal voltages of up to 240 V ac exist within
the BTS enclosure when the ac supply isolator switch is
ON and/or the battery is connected.
Laser radiation from fibre optic cables can cause eye
damage. Ensure that all power is turned OFF and the
battery pack is removed.

Do not allow the expansion casting to hang from the fibre


optic cable.

2.

Connect the fibre optic link cable to the master BTS to port 1 on the slave
BTS.

3.

Place the expansion cover bottom locating lugs in the fixing positions and
then push the unit forward to its fixing position. Secure the expansion
cover to the BTS chassis with the retaining pin.

4.

Replace the solar covers as described in Replacing the BTS solar cover.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Replacing the expansion fibre optic cables

Expansion
cover and
casting
Figure 3-15 shows fibre optic expansion casting and cover.

Rx2
Tx2
Rx1
Tx1

PORT 2
PORT 1

Figure 3-15 Fibre optic expansion casting and cover

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 337

GSM-209-523

Calibrating an MCU-m GCLK

Calibrating an MCU-m GCLK


Introduction to
calibration
This section describes the procedure to calibrate the Horizonmicro2 or
Horizoncompact2 MCU-m GCLK. The Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 may
require this procedure to be carried out once or twice in the life of the
equipment. The GCLK has been factory set, and only needs calibration in the
field when an OMC-R alarm indicates the requirement.
Calibrate all test leads before using them in the procedures given in this chapter.
This minimizes variations in test results.
CAUTION

A recognized laboratory must calibrate all test equipment


annually. Do not calibrate test equipment or test leads in
the field.
Ensure that all test equipment associated with the
commissioning of Motorola BTSs is within calibration date.

Test equipment
required
Table 3-1 shows the required test equipment.
Table 3-1 Required GCLK test equipment
Quantity
1

Maint. 338

Description
Any TTY terminal.

Comments
The basic requirements are:

TFT screen.


Serial port.

Battery power.

Any terminal software can be


used for TTY
communications.

Rubidium standard.

Minimum accuracy 1 x 1010.

Frequency counter.

1.25 ppb (parts per billion) or better


reference. 10-digit display required.

Commercial terminal emulator PC PLUS or similar software.


software.

9-way to 9-way D-type cable.

9-way to 9-way connector


Motorola supply for GCLK
and breakout board, including calibration.
shorting links (jumper cables).
Kit number SWLN7898.

MCU TTY cable.


This cable can be assembled (see
Figure 3-16 for pin connections).
Alternatively, the cable can be
purchased from an electronics
store).

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Calibrating an MCU-m GCLK

TTY cables and


pin connections
This section describes the PC RS-232 connector and test TTY cables required
for the calibration procedure.

PC RS-232 TTY connections


The RS-232 TTY connections on a PC is usually a male D9 connector with the
pin connections as shown in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2 D9 pin connections
Pin Number

Signal name

DCD

(Data Carrier Detect)

RXD

(Received Data)

TXD

(Transmitted Data)

DTR

(Data Terminal Ready)

GND

(Earth)

DSR

(Data Set Ready)

RTS

(Request To Send)

CTS

(Clear To Send)

RI

(Ring Indicator)

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 339

GSM-209-523

Calibrating an MCU-m GCLK

Test TTY cable pin connections


The pin connections for the TTY cable mentioned in Table 3-1 are shown in
Figure 3-16.
PIN NUMBER

PIN NUMBER

4
6

7
8
4 m LONG SCREENED CABLE
TO PC
COMMUNICATIONS PORT
9-WAY D-TYPE F

TO BREAKOUT BOARD
CONNECTOR
9-WAY D-TYPE M

Figure 3-16 9-way to 9-way cable test cable connections


Usually, only a 3-wire interface connecting RXD, TXD and GND is required.
However, some PC applications will require two extra shorting connections to be
made at the PC connector only. These two connections are pin 4 to pin 6, and
pin 7 to pin 8.

Maint. 340

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Calibrating an MCU-m GCLK

Crossed and uncrossed TTY cables


Instead of making up the TTY cable, crossed and uncrossed TTY cables can be
purchased from an electronics store. In the uncrossed position, the TTY cable is
made with the signals on pins 2 and 3 not crossed (pin 2 maps to pin 2, pin 3
maps to pin 3). In the crossed position, the TTY cable is made with the signals
on pins 2 and 3 crossed (pin 2 maps to pin 3, pin 3 maps to pin 2).
Figure 3-17 shows the connections for both crossed and uncrossed TTY cables.

UNCROSSED CABLE

5
FEMALE PLUGS
INTO PC

CROSSED CABLE

Figure 3-17 Crossed and uncrossed TTY cables


Figure 3-18 shows a breakout board with TTY connectors. Next to each
connector on the breakout board is a 10 pin header. By moving two shorting
links (jumper cables) from one end to the other, the connector can be changed
from an uncrossed connection to a crossed connection.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 341

GSM-209-523

Calibrating an MCU-m GCLK

Safety
precautions
Ensure that the following safety precautions are performed prior to calibration.
WARNING

Power to the transceivers must be turned OFF while


connections are made to the BTS to minimize exposure to
RF radiation.
Potentially lethal voltages exist within the BTS enclosure
when the ac isolator switch is ON and/or the battery is
connected.
Laser radiation from fibre optic cables within the BTS
enclosure can cause eye damage. If fibre optic cables are
fitted, ensure that all power is turned OFF and the battery
pack is removed.

1.

Ensure power to the unit has been turned off and the batteries run down,
or the safe procedure for transceiver shut down has been achieved.

2.

Remove the battery/battery cover, observing normal handling safety


precautions.

Procedure for
MCU-m GCLK
calibration
NOTE

Next to each connector on the breakout board


(Figure 3-18) is a 10-pin header. By moving two shorting
links (jumper cables) from one end to other, the connector
can be changed from an uncrossed connection to a
crossed connection.

CAUTION

An approved earth strap (high impedance) must be worn


at all times when calibrating the MCU-m GCLK. The earth
strap 4 mm jack plug must be connected to the ESP
socket on the underside of the BTS.

Proceed as follows to calibrate the MCU-m GCLK:

Maint. 342

1.

Attach the 9-way test cable to the breakout board (see Figure 3-18) and to
the 9-way connector labelled ALARM on the bottom of the Horizonmicro2
or Horizoncompact2 (see Figure 3-19).

2.

Attach the MCU TTY cable to the PC.

3.

Attach the other end of the MCU TTY cable to the connector on the
breakout board marked SYNC. Press the RETURN (or ENTER) key on the
keyboard for the prompt. The sync TTY prompt SYNC-MMI> should appear.

4.

Connect the frequency counter to the 8 kHz (REF 125 s) BNC connector
on the breakout board.

5.

Attach a 10 MHz reference signal from the rubidium standard to the


10 MHz BNC input connector on the frequency counter. Ensure the
counter is set for external reference and triggers correctly on the 8 kHz
input. Adjust the counter to display at least ten digits.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Calibrating an MCU-m GCLK

6.

Allow 15 minutes for the MCU-m to warm up, or the OCXO will not be
stable.

7.

Type:
SYNC-MMI>dcal
8000Hz source Connected, Enter y when ready, a to abort test>y

The frequency measured will be approximately (but not exactly) 8000.00000 Hz.
8.

Adjust the OCXO control voltage by typing:


+3...+2...+1...+0...0...1...2...3 until the frequency is exactly
8000.00000 Hz.
Enter a to abort, s to save, +[0..3] to inc, [0..3] to dec>+2
Enter a to abort, s to save, +[0..3] to inc, [0..3] to dec>+1
Enter a to abort, s to save, +[0..3] to inc, [0..3] to dec>+1

NOTE

9.

These numbers as entered relate to orders of magnitude.


For example, typing +3 causes an increase ten times
bigger than that caused by typing +2. The entries +0 and
0 are both valid.

When the ref_125 s frequency is exactly 8000.00000 Hz, specify save as


follows:
Enter a to abort, s to save, +[0..3] to inc, [0..3] to dec>s

The calibration program sets the output frequencies to various different values
and now requests that you type in the values of the output frequency at various
points:
Dac set to 1.0 volts, Enter Freq value or a to abort>7999.99673
Dac set to 2.0 volts, Enter Freq value or a to abort>7999.99838
Dac set to 3.0 volts, Enter Freq value or a to abort>7999.99970
Dac set to 4.0 volts, Enter Freq value or a to abort>8000.00033
Dac set to 5.0 volts, Enter Freq value or a to abort>8000.00133
Dac set to 6.0 volts, Enter Freq value or a to abort>8000.00271
Dac set to 7.0 volts, Enter Freq value or a to abort>8000.00379
Calibration Gain 0.37345

RETURN

SYNCMMI>

This ends the calibration procedure.


Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 343

GSM-209-523

Calibrating an MCU-m GCLK

Diagram of
breakout board
The breakout board is shown in Figure 3-18.

SYNC
PROCESSOR
TTY
CONNECTOR
9600 BAUD

8 kHz

HORIZON 2 ALARMS
BREAKOUT BOARD
8486145V01 ISS P20

DINO/RHINO
(NIU) TTY
CONNECTOR
9600 BAUD

REF 125 S
BNC CONNECTOR

9-WAY
CONNECTOR

10-PIN HEADER
JUMPER CABLE
LINKS IN
UNCROSSED
CABLE POSITION
JUMPER CABLE LINKS IN
CROSSED CABLE
POSITION

Figure 3-18 Horizonmicro2 or Horizoncompact2 breakout board

Maint. 344

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-523

Calibrating an MCU-m GCLK

Breakout board
connection
point
Figure 3-19 shows the connection point on the BTS for the breakout board.

ALARMS CONNECTOR
BREAKOUT BOARD
CONNECTS HERE
LINE TERMINATION
MODULE (RHINO SHOWN)

Figure 3-19 Underside of BTS showing breakout board connection point

Restoring the
site
Proceed as follows to restore the site:
1.

Shut down the transceivers or turn off the ac supply.


WARNING

Transceivers must be turned off to prevent a RF hazard.

2.

Disconnect the calibration equipment.

3.

Replace the battery/battery cover.

4.

Restore power to the BTS.

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W64-O

Maint. 345

Calibrating an MCU-m GCLK

Maint. 346

Maintenance Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W64-O

GSM-209-523

20th Sep 02

CHAPTER 1
OPTIONS AND SPARES

Category 623

Parts Information (Parts)

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W65-O

GSM-209-623

ii

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W65-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-623

Category 623
Parts Information (Parts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 1
Options and spares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Factory fitted BTS options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Order and part numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field fitted equipment options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Order and part numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts

11
11
11
12
13
14

BTS and booster spares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to spares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS order and part numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster order and part numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts

15
15
16
17
19

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W65-O

iii

GSM-209-623

iv

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W65-O

20th Sep 02

Chapter 1

Options and spares

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W65-O

GSM-209-623

ii

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W65-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-623

Chapter 1
Options and spares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Factory fitted BTS options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Order and part numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field fitted equipment options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Order and part numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts

11
11
11
12
13
14

BTS and booster spares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Introduction to spares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS order and part numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster order and part numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts
Parts

15
15
16
17
19

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W65-O

iii

GSM-209-623

iv

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W65-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-623

Options

Options
Introduction to
options
Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 GSM900 and DCS1800 equipment is
ordered by factory fitted configuration options and field fitted options.

Factory fitted
BTS options
The Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 factory fitted configuration options
comprise enclosure type and interface type.
Figure 1-1 shows the range of factory fitted options.

HORIZONCOMPACT2 BTS
ENCLOSURE
OR
HORIZONMICRO2 BTS
ENCLOSURE

E1 DINO/RHINO
BOARD

Figure 1-1 BTS factory fitted options

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W65-O

Parts 11

GSM-209-623

Options

Order and part


numbers
NOTE

Each order number includes the interface type and BTS


type.

Horizonmicro2 interfaces
Table 1-1 lists the Horizonmicro2 configuration options.
Table 1-1 Horizonmicro2 factory ordered configurations
Version

GSM900
DCS1800

NOTE

Configuration (including
enclosure and solar cover
(front))

Order number with


PCMCIA option

E1 (75 ohm) (RHINO) with HDSL

SWUF6517

E1 (120 ohm) (DINO) with HDSL

SWUF6518

E1 (75 ohm) (RHINO) with HDSL

SWUG6538

E1 (120 ohm) (DINO) with HDSL

SWUG6539

The HDSL is not fitted on equipment manufactured after


31st December 2001.

Horizoncompact2 interfaces
Table 1-2 lists the Horizoncompact2 configuration options.
Table 1-2 Horizoncompact2 factory ordered configurations
Version

GSM900
DCS1800

NOTE

Parts 12

Configuration (including
enclosure and solar cover
(front))

Order number with


PCMCIA option

E1 (75 ohm) (RHINO) with HDSL

SWUF6528

E1 (120 ohm) (DINO) with HDSL

SWUF6529

E1 (75 ohm) (RHINO) with HDSL

SWUG6548

E1 (120 ohm) (DINO) with HDSL

SWUG6549

The HDSL is not fitted on equipment manufactured after


31st December 2001.

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W65-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-623

Options

Field fitted
equipment
options
The Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 field fitted configuration options
comprise internal antenna (Horizonmicro2 only) and expansion kits. The pole
mount banding tool is also included in this section.
Figure 1-2 shows the available field fitted options and pole mount banding tool.

HORIZONMICRO2 OR
HORIZONCOMPACT2 BTS

FIBRE OPTIC
EXPANSION KIT

POLE MOUNT
BANDING TOOL
INTERNAL ANTENNA
(HORIZONMICRO2 ONLY)

Figure 1-2 Field fitted BTS options and pole mount tool

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W65-O

Parts 13

GSM-209-623

Options

Order and part


numbers
Table 1-3 lists the order and part numbers.
Table 1-3 Field fitted options and pole mount banding tool
Item

Order
number

Part
number

Horizonmicro2 GSM900 internal antenna

SWAF3237

8504808N03

Horizonmicro2 DCS1800 internal antenna

SWAG3238

8504808N04

Pole mount banding tool

SWLN4847

6604809N01

Expansion kits
Table 1-4 lists the order numbers for the fibre optic cable kit lengths.
Table 1-4 Field fitted options fibre optic expansion kits
Item

Parts 14

Order
number

Part
number

Horizonmicro2/compact2 expansion kit 2 m

SWLN6441

N/A

Horizonmicro2/compact2 expansion kit 5 m

SWLN6560

N/A

Horizonmicro2/compact2 expansion kit 10 m

SWLN6561

N/A

Horizonmicro2/compact2 expansion kit 50 m

SWLN6562

N/A

Horizonmicro2/compact2 expansion kit 100 m

SWLN6563

N/A

Horizonmicro2/compact2 expansion kit 250 m

SWLN6564

N/A

Horizonmicro2/compact2 expansion kit 500 m

SWLN6565

N/A

Horizonmicro2/compact2 expansion kit 1000 m

SWLN6567

N/A

Horizonmicro2/compact2 expansion kit as


specified (except range 700 to 800 m)

SWLN6568

N/A

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W65-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-623

BTS and booster spares

BTS and booster spares


Introduction to
spares
This section list the spares available for the Horizonmicro2 BTS and
Horizoncompact2 BTS and booster.
Figure 1-3 shows the range of Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 spares.
HORIZONMICRO2 BTS OR
HORIZONCOMPACT2 BTS
ENCLOSURE
MOUNTING
BRACKET

COMPLETED POLE
MOUNTING OF WALL
BRACKET

CUSTOMER
INTERFACE KIT
(CLAMP)
BATTERY

POLE MOUNT
BANDING TOOL

SOLAR
COVER

ig.058.rh

Figure 1-3 BTS spares


Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W65-O

Parts 15

GSM-209-623

BTS and booster spares

BTS order and


part numbers
NOTE

Each order number includes the interface type and BTS


type.

Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 common spares


Table 1-5 lists the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 order and part numbers.
Table 1-5 Common spares
Item

Order number

Battery 22 V, 20 A (blade type) fuse

Part number
6504929D01

Solar cover (front)

SWLN5775

1586937N01

Customer interface kit (cover plates,


gel seal, foam gasket) (CLAMP)

SWLN5774

0188330M01

Installation kit (wall and pole mounting


bracket and fixings)

SWLN5240

0786402E01

Pole mount banding tool

SWLN4847

6604809N01

GLCK calibration kit

SWLN7898

SWLN8387A

0986065W01

AC connector

Horizoncompact2 spares
Table 1-6 lists the spares equipment specific to Horizoncompact2 .
Table 1-6 Horizoncompact2 factory ordered configurations
Version

GSM900
DCS1800

NOTE

Parts 16

Configuration (including
enclosure and solar cover
(front))

Order number with


PCMCIA option

E1 (75 ohm) (RHINO) with HDSL

SWLF6558

E1 (120 ohm) (DINO) with HDSL

SWLF6559

E1 (75 ohm) (RHINO) with HDSL

SWLG6577

E1 (120 ohm) (DINO) with HDSL

SWLG6578

The HDSL is not fitted on equipment manufactured after


31st December 2001.

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W65-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-623

BTS and booster spares

Booster order
and part
numbers
Figure 1-4 shows the Horizoncompact2 booster and solar cover.

ig.059.rh

Figure 1-4 Horizoncompact2 booster

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W65-O

Parts 17

GSM-209-623

BTS and booster spares

Table 1-7 lists the Horizoncompact2 GSM900 booster spares.


Table 1-7 GSM900 booster spares
Item

Order number

Part number

Horizoncompact2 booster GSM900


(no install/kit cover)

SWLN6614

0186784M01

Installation kit (wall and pole mounting


bracket and fixings)

SWLN6612

0186789M01

Solar cover (front)

SWLN6173

0186319N01

Cable kit

SWLN6622

Alarm cable

3086777M01

RF cable TX1 BTS to booster

3086781M01

RF cable TX2 BTS to booster

3086781M02

RF cable RX BTS to booster

3086781M03

Antenna cable (2 off)

3086782M01

AC connector

SWLN8387A

0986065W01

Table 1-8 lists the Horizoncompact2 DCS1800 booster spares.


Table 1-8 DCS1800 booster spares
Item

Order number

Part number

Horizoncompact2 booster DCS1800


(no install/kit cover)

SWLN6174

0186331N01

Installation kit (wall and pole mounting


bracket and fixings)

SWLN6172

0186324N01

Solar cover (front)

SWLN6173

0186319N01

Cable kit

SWLN7002

Alarm cable
RF cable TX1 BTS to booster

3086326N01

RF cable TX2 BTS to booster

3086326N02

RF cable RX BTS to booster

3086326N03

Antenna cable (ANT 1)

3086327N01

Antenna cable (ANT 2)

3086327N02

AC connector

Parts 18

3086777M01

SWLN8387A

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W65-O

0986065W01

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-623

BTS and booster spares

Labels
The labels attached to the Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2 equipment are
important for safety reasons. Any missing or damaged labels must be replaced.
The information provided here enables correct identification of the labels for
replacement ordering purposes.

Horizonmicro2 BTS labels


Figure 1-5 shows the location of labels on the Horizonmicro2 BTS. Refer to
Table 1-9 for a description of the labels and part numbers.

6
2
5

ig.081.rh

Figure 1-5 Horizonmicro2 BTS labelling

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W65-O

Parts 19

GSM-209-623

BTS and booster spares

Table 1-9 explains the label numbering used in Figure 1-5.


Table 1-9 Horizonmicro2 labelling
No.

Part No.

Comments

Warning

5486132V01

Software codes. Dust covers for


optical fibre cable sockets. Laser
radiation risk.

Information

5486381N02

Identifies transceiver extension


sockets.

System identity

5486980E01

By access panel. Also ESD


identifier.

Label on DINO
or
Label on RHINO

5486794M01

On lower part of Line


Termination Module.

GSM900 label DTRX


or
DCS1800 label DTRX

5486699V01

Caution

5402102W01

To the right of the Tx/Rx cable


connector.

Battery specification

5486924E01

On battery.

Parts 110

Description

5486795M01

5486699V04

On lower right corner of DTRX


cover panel. Ratings and safety
details.

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W65-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-623

BTS and booster spares

Horizoncompact2 BTS labels


Figure 1-6 shows the location of labels on the Horizoncompact2 BTS. Refer to
Table 1-10 for a description of the labels and part numbers.

7
2

ig.081.rh

Figure 1-6 Horizoncompact2 BTS labelling

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W65-O

Parts 111

GSM-209-623

BTS and booster spares

Table 1-10 explains the label numbering used in Figure 1-6.


Table 1-10 Horizoncompact2 labelling
No.

Part No.

Comments

Warning

5486132V01

Software codes. Dust covers for


optical fibre cable sockets. Laser
radiation risk.

Information

5486381N02

Identifies the fibre optic


extension sockets.

GSM900: Tx1, Tx2


and Rx
DCS1800: Tx1, Tx2
and Rx

5486382N01

System identity

5486980E01

By access panel. Also ESD


identifier.

Label on DINO
or
Label on RHINO

5486794M01

On lower part of Line


Termination Module.

GSM900 label DTRX


or
DCS1800 label DTRX

5486699V02

Caution

5402102W01

To the right of the Rx cable


connector.

Battery specification

5486924E01

On battery.

Parts 112

Description

5486382N02

Beneath 3 N-type connectors on


DTRX cover panel.

5486795M01

5486699V05

On lower right corner of DTRX


cover panel. Ratings and safety
details.

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W65-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-623

BTS and booster spares

Horizoncompact2 booster labels


Figure 1-7 shows the location of labels on both Horizoncompact2 boosters.
Refer to Table 1-11 for a description of the labels and part numbers.
4

GSM900 BOOSTER

3
1
CONNECTION IDENTITY LABEL

ANT1

TX1

RX

ANT2 TX2

DCS1800 BOOSTER

CONNECTION IDENTITY LABEL

RX

TX2

ANT1

2
ANT2

TX1

Figure 1-7 Horizoncompact2 booster labelling


Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2
20th Sep 02

68P02902W65-O

Parts 113

GSM-209-623

BTS and booster spares

Table 1-11 explains the label numbering used in Figure 1-7.


Table 1-11 Horizoncompact2 booster labelling
No.

Description

Part No.

Comments

GSM900 booster
1

Rating and identity


label

5486699V01

Inside cover.

Connection identity
label

5486783M01

Underside cover.

Caution ionizing
radiation label

5402102W01

Inside cover.

Hazardous materials
label

n/a

Inside cover.

DCS1800 booster

Parts 114

Rating and identity


label

5486699V06

Inside cover.

Connection identity
label

5486328N01

Underside cover.

Caution ionizing
radiation label

5402102W01

Inside cover.

Hazardous materials
label

n/a

Inside cover.

Parts Information: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W65-O

20th Sep 02

Index

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

I1

GSM-209-020

I2

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

A
AC isolator, Inst. 151
connecting cables, Inst. 158
AC supply
power connector, Tech. 34, Inst. 154
power connector (booster), Inst. 161
schematic diagram (booster), Inst. 160
ACDC BPSM, Tech. 311
block diagram, Tech. 312
interfaces, Tech. 313
ACDC PSM
block diagram, Tech. 36
interfaces, Tech. 37

Booster
antenna cable connections, Inst. 232
antenna cabling, Inst. 226
block diagram, Tech. 518
connecting ac supply cable, Inst. 235
connecting cables, Inst. 229
DCS1800, Tech. 25
functional description, Tech. 518
GSM900, Tech. 24
package contents, Inst. 116
power supply connections, Tech. 310
removal diagram, Maint. 323
replacement, Maint. 317
solar cover replacement, Maint. 325
supplementary earth connection, Inst. 231
system description, Tech. 517
Booster solar cover
refitting, Maint. 26
removal, Maint. 24

Alarm cable, replacement procedure, Maint.


331

BPSM, Tech. 519

Alarms
Horizoncompact2 booster, Tech. 520
power supply, Tech. 38

BTS, package contents, Inst. 113

Breakout board, Maint. 344


Bypass mode, Tech. 519

Antenna, cabling to booster, Inst. 226


Antenna cable replacement
Horizoncompact2, Maint. 329
Horizonmicro2, Maint. 326

Calibration, GCLK, MCUm, Maint. 338


Clamp, replacement, Maint. 314
Clamping tool, Inst. 143, Inst. 150
Combiner/isolator, Tech. 512

Antennas, Tech. 74

Commissioning, power up procedure, Inst. 45


Configurations, BTS, Tech. 73
Connectors
location diagram (BTS), Maint. 314
location diagrams (booster), Maint. 320

B
Battery
installation, Inst. 224
replacement, Maint. 312
specification, Tech. 16
Battery backup, Tech. 39

Cooling, Tech. 61
airflow diagram, Tech. 64
booster, Tech. 65
heatsinks, Tech. 63
Customer interface clamp
fitting, Inst. 221
maintenance, Maint. 315

Battery check, Inst. 49


Battery test, Inst. 49

D
DCS1800, frequency band, Tech. 19
Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2

20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

I3

GSM-209-020

Decommissioning
booster, Inst. 57
BTS, Inst. 52

Dimensions, Tech. 15, Inst. 14


DINO, Tech. 48
block diagram, Tech. 410
connector details, Inst. 219
connectors, Tech. 415
DINO/RHINO, Tech. 41
DTRX module, Tech. 53
Rx functional block diagram, Tech. 57
Rx/Tx interconnections, Tech. 513
Tx functional block diagram, Tech. 510
Dual band support, Tech. 72
Duplexer, Tech. 512

GCLK
calibrating, MCUm, Maint. 338
calibration procedure, Maint. 342
GSM900, frequency band, Tech. 19

H
HDSL, Tech. 41
cabling guidelines, Inst. 171
functional description, Tech. 414
link options, Tech. 416
HDSL interface, Tech. 413
HDSL modems, Inst. 16
Heater, circuit block diagram, Tech. 62
Heater mats, Tech. 62

Horizoncompact2, external view, Tech. 14

E1, link connection to BSC, Tech. 417


E1/HDSL link connections, Inst. 168
Earthing
booster, Inst. 112
booster wall bracket, Inst. 162
BTS, Inst. 111
connecting site main earth, Inst. 159
connecting supplementary earth cable, Inst.
166
site, Inst. 110
wall bracket, Inst. 155

Horizonmicro2, external view, Tech. 13

Fault diagnosis, Maint. 31

Installation
battery, Inst. 224
booster cable connections, Inst. 218
booster packaging, Inst. 26
booster wall bracket, Inst. 144
BTS cable connections, Inst. 212
BTS onto wall bracket, Inst. 210
cable conduits, Inst. 156
Chassis, unpacking, Inst. 27
clearances, Inst. 17
HDSL cables, Inst. 172
layout examples, Inst. 122
mounting guidelines, Inst. 120
BTS packaging, Inst. 24
procedures, Inst. 11
site requirements, Inst. 14
tools required, Inst. 12
wall bracket, Inst. 137

Fibre optic cables, replacement, Maint. 332

Isolator, Horizoncompact2, Tech. 514

Expansion
BTS configuration, Inst. 32
configuration diagrams, Inst. 33
dual band support, Tech. 72
system, Tech. 71

Fibre optics, expansion connections, Inst. 38


Field Replaceable Units (FRUs), Maint. 32

Frequency hopping, Tech. 12

Labels, Parts 19

Fuse, battery pack, Tech. 39

Lightning protection, Inst. 110

I4

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

20th Sep 02

GSM-209-020

Line termination modules, Tech. 41

Q
QUICC32 processor, Tech. 43

M
R

Maintenance
access conditions, Maint. 12
annual, Maint. 27
routine, Maint. 21

Radio signalling links (RSLs), Tech. 413


RDIS, Tech. 41
Replacement, BTS enclosure, Maint. 33

Maintenance cover, Inst. 19

Reset switches, DINO/RHINO, Tech. 412

MCUm, Tech. 42
block diagram, Tech. 43

RF, output power, Tech. 17

Memory Management Unit (MMU), Tech. 42

RF connectors, Inst. 167


RF modules, location diagram, Tech. 52

MMI interface, Tech. 45


Modem, connection to BSC, Tech. 418
Module identification, Tech. 22, Tech. 23

RHINO, Tech. 48
block diagram, Tech. 410
connector details, Inst. 219
connectors, Tech. 415
Rx, Tech. 416

O
S

Options, factory fitted, Parts 11


ORAC, Tech. 46
block diagram, Tech. 47

Safety, onsite, Inst. 18


Security bracket, installation, Inst. 237
Site ID, Tech. 45
Software, expansion requirement, Tech. 74,
Inst. 16

P
Part numbers
booster, Parts 17
BTS, Parts 16
BTS options, Parts 12
PCMCIA interface, Tech. 44
Power
consumption, Tech. 16
requirements, Tech. 16, Inst. 15
Power cables, requirements, Inst. 151

Solar cover
installation, Inst. 223
installation on booster, Inst. 241
refitting, Maint. 23
removal, Maint. 22
replacement, Maint. 310
Spares, BTS and booster, Parts 15
Specifications, Tech. 15
Sync block, Tech. 44

Power supply
acdc PSM, Tech. 35
booster, Tech. 310
component diagram, Tech. 31
distribution board, Tech. 32
module diagram, Tech. 33

Temperature detectors, DTRX, Tech. 511

PSM, connector voltages, Tech. 32

Tx, Tech. 416

T
Tools, for installation, Inst. 12
Torque settings, Inst. 13, Inst. 22, Maint. 14

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


20th Sep 02

68P02902W61-O

I5

GSM-209-020

U
Unpacking, BTS, Inst. 115

W
Wall bracket, installation, Inst. 137
Weight, Tech. 15, Inst. 14
equipment and packaging, Inst. 11

I6

Service Manual: Horizonmicro2 and Horizoncompact2


68P02902W61-O

20th Sep 02

You might also like